WO2006013958A1 - Function management system, management device, relay device, communication device, control method of communication device, control program of communication device, and computer-readable recording medium with recorded the control program - Google Patents

Function management system, management device, relay device, communication device, control method of communication device, control program of communication device, and computer-readable recording medium with recorded the control program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006013958A1
WO2006013958A1 PCT/JP2005/014397 JP2005014397W WO2006013958A1 WO 2006013958 A1 WO2006013958 A1 WO 2006013958A1 JP 2005014397 W JP2005014397 W JP 2005014397W WO 2006013958 A1 WO2006013958 A1 WO 2006013958A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
communication device
function
information
communication
instruction information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2005/014397
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kazuhito Maruyama
Original Assignee
Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha filed Critical Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha
Priority to JP2006531576A priority Critical patent/JP4451447B2/en
Publication of WO2006013958A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006013958A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07BTICKET-ISSUING APPARATUS; FARE-REGISTERING APPARATUS; FRANKING APPARATUS
    • G07B15/00Arrangements or apparatus for collecting fares, tolls or entrance fees at one or more control points
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M15/00Arrangements for metering, time-control or time indication ; Metering, charging or billing arrangements for voice wireline or wireless communications, e.g. VoIP
    • H04M15/44Augmented, consolidated or itemized billing statement or bill presentation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M15/00Arrangements for metering, time-control or time indication ; Metering, charging or billing arrangements for voice wireline or wireless communications, e.g. VoIP
    • H04M15/80Rating or billing plans; Tariff determination aspects
    • H04M15/8033Rating or billing plans; Tariff determination aspects location-dependent, e.g. business or home
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2215/00Metering arrangements; Time controlling arrangements; Time indicating arrangements
    • H04M2215/01Details of billing arrangements
    • H04M2215/0104Augmented, consolidated or itemised billing statement, e.g. additional billing information, bill presentation, layout, format, e-mail, fax, printout, itemised bill per service or per account, cumulative billing, consolidated billing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2215/00Metering arrangements; Time controlling arrangements; Time indicating arrangements
    • H04M2215/20Technology dependant metering
    • H04M2215/2026Wireless network, e.g. GSM, PCS, TACS
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2215/00Metering arrangements; Time controlling arrangements; Time indicating arrangements
    • H04M2215/74Rating aspects, e.g. rating parameters or tariff determination apects
    • H04M2215/7435Location dependent, e.g. Bussiness or home
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/24Accounting or billing

Definitions

  • Function management system management device, relay device, communication device, control method for communication device, control program for communication device, and computer-readable recording medium storing the control program
  • the present invention relates to a function management system, a management device, a relay device, a communication device, a communication device control method, a communication device control program, and a recording method for restricting the functions of a multifunction communication device such as a mobile phone It relates to a computer-readable recording medium.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a function management system, a management apparatus, and a relay apparatus that can flexibly control the functions of a communication apparatus depending on the location. Another object of the present invention is to realize a communication apparatus, a communication apparatus control method, a communication apparatus control program, and a computer-readable recording medium on which the communication apparatus is recorded.
  • a function management system provides a communication device and instruction information for controlling at least a part of functions included in the communication device.
  • a management device that is communicably connected to the management device and includes a relay device that relays communication between the management device and the communication device.
  • the instruction information is transmitted to the device and the communication device establishes a connection with the relay device, the function of the communication device is controlled based on the instruction information transmitted from the management device. It is said.
  • the instruction information is, for example, information for instructing, for example, the ability to stop or restart any function among the functions of the communication device.
  • a communication device within a range that can be connected to the relay device receives the instruction information.
  • all communication devices within the range that can be connected to the relay device are controlled by at least one function of the communication device based on the instruction information transmitted from the management device. It will be controlled. Note that this control includes, for example, stopping and restarting at least one of the functions of the communication device.
  • the function management system by providing the relay device at a place where the function of the communication device is desired to be restricted, the function of the communication device can be appropriately restricted.
  • the function management system can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
  • the communication device communicates with a management device that holds instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device. And, based on the instruction information acquired by the first communication means, a function control means for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device, and information indicating a status change of the function controlled by the function control means It is characterized by providing a notification means.
  • the communication device since the communication device includes the notification unit, the communication device owner can be notified of a change in the state of the controlled function.
  • the owner can grasp the functions that can be used in accordance with the change even when the control state of the functions of the communication device is changed.
  • the communication device establishes a connection with any one of a plurality of relay devices communicably connected to a communication network.
  • the relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and includes instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and identification information for identifying the relay device.
  • the instruction information acquisition unit Based on the identification information received from the communication storage device that is stored in association with each other and the relay device that is the connection destination, the instruction information acquisition unit that acquires the instruction information from the communication storage device, and the instruction information acquisition unit And a function control means for controlling the function of the communication device based on the instruction information.
  • identification information for identifying the relay device and instruction information are stored in the communication storage device in association with each other. Therefore, the instruction information acquisition means Can obtain from the communication storage device the instruction information corresponding to the received identification information identifying the relay device. In addition, since the function restricting means is provided, the function of the communication device can be controlled based on the acquired instruction information.
  • the communication device can change the state in which the function is controlled, such as stopping or restarting the function of the own device, depending on the connection destination relay device.
  • the communication device can change the state in which the function of the device itself is controlled according to the location where the relay device is provided.
  • the communication device can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
  • the communication device control method establishes a connection between a plurality of relay devices that are communicably connected to a communication network.
  • the communication device control method enables communication with another communication device through the communication network, wherein the relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and includes at least one of the functions of the communication device.
  • control method of the communication device can change the control state such as stopping or restarting the function of the own device according to each connection destination relay device.
  • control method of the communication apparatus can change the state in which the function of the own apparatus is controlled according to the place where the relay apparatus is provided.
  • the communication device control method according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
  • a function management system includes the communication device and a plurality of relay devices that are communicably connected to a communication network. It is characterized by that.
  • the function management system can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
  • FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram showing details relating to function restriction of a main control unit of the mobile communication device shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of an electronic ticket system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a portable communication device that constitutes an electronic ticket system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of information included in an electronic ticket.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as function restriction information by the function restriction management device.
  • FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as a function restriction management function as function restriction information.
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as function restriction information by the function restriction management device.
  • FIG. 8 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as function restriction information by the function restriction management device.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a process for stopping or restarting various functions included in the mobile communication device that constitutes the electronic ticket system according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an electronic ticketing system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of information included in an electronic ticket.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of information included in function restriction information.
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of a mobile communication device constituting an electronic ticket system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a functional block diagram showing details relating to function restriction of the main control unit of the mobile communication device shown in FIG. 13.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart illustrating a process for stopping or resuming various functions included in a mobile communication device that constitutes an electronic ticket system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a function restriction management device constituting the electronic ticket system according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of a function restriction information management table held by the function restriction management device constituting the electronic ticket system according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating another example of a process for stopping or resuming various functions included in a mobile communication device that constitutes an electronic ticket system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration of an electronic ticket system (function management system) 500 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the electronic ticket system 500 includes a portable communication device (communication device) 600, an electronic ticket issuing device 100, a connection management server 200, a function restriction management device (management device) 300, a wireless LAN. Access point (AP) (relay device) It is configured with 400a to 400c. Note that AP400a to 400c will be referred to as AP400 unless there is a need to particularly distinguish them.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 and the connection management server 200 are connected via a LAN 501.
  • the function restriction management device (management device) 300 and the connection management server 200 are also connected via the LAN 501.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 and the base station 511 can communicate with the base station 511 via the connection management server 200 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512.
  • portable communication device 600 and electronic ticket issuing device 1 00 can communicate via this base station 511! /.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 issues an electronic ticket.
  • the mobile communication device 600 receives the electronic ticket issued by the electronic ticket issuing device 100.
  • the portable communication device 600 and the function restriction management device 300 can perform wireless communication via the AP 400 when the portable communication device 600 is set in the wireless LAN described later and the AP 400 is within the reach of radio waves. It becomes.
  • portable communication device 600 can communicate with function restriction management device 300 via AP 400 within a range where radio waves from AP 400 can reach.
  • communication with the function restriction management device 300 can be realized by having the portable communication device 600 in a limited area where the AP 400 is provided.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 stores information for specifying the mobile communication device 600 such as a telephone number, an e-mail address, and a device ID of the mobile communication device 600 when the electronic ticket is purchased.
  • the stored information is stored in association with the contents of the electronic ticket purchased by the mobile communication device 600.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 stores the information specifying the mobile communication device 600, whereby the mobile communication device 600 that is the electronic ticket sales destination can be confirmed. In addition, if there is a change in the contents of the electronic ticket, such as the scheduled performance being postponed, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 uses the phone number or email address to obtain the mobile communication device 600 that purchased the electronic ticket. You can change the information of electronic tickets.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 is provided in the facility used by the user! Issue an electronic ticket that includes LAN setting information (wireless LAN setting information 92).
  • the portable communication device 600 After receiving the issuance of the electronic ticket, the portable communication device 600 establishes a wireless connection with the AP 400 based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 and performs communication via the connection management server 200. Will come to be.
  • the mobile communication device 600 is connected to the base station 511 according to the function restriction information (instruction information) 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 after the wireless LAN setting is performed. Is set so that it cannot be connected.
  • the function restriction information (instruction information) 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 after the wireless LAN setting is performed. Is set so that it cannot be connected.
  • the mobile communication device 600 can only perform wireless communication performed via the AP 400.
  • the mobile communication device 600 for example, a mobile phone, a mobile phone with a camera, a mobile phone with a voice recorder, or the like can be used.
  • connection management server 200 is connected to the ticket issuing device 100 and the Internet network 513, or connected to the function restriction management device 302 and each of AP400a to AP400c, or connected to each of AP400a to AP400c and the Internet network 513. Manage.
  • the connection management server 200 controls the connection between each of the AP 400a to AP 400c and the Internet network 513 in accordance with an instruction from the function restriction management device 300.
  • the function restriction management device 300 instructs (restricts) the portable communication device 600 that has established a connection with the AP 400 to stop at least one of the functions of the portable communication device 600. Packet that contains information (function restriction information 70) to be generated. Then, the packet including the function restriction information 70 is transmitted to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400. In addition, mobile communication device 600 stops at least one of the functions of the device itself based on received function restriction information 70. The function restriction management device 300 stops at least the communication function performed via the base station 501 after confirming that the mobile communication device 600 establishes a connection with the AP 400 provided at the entrance of the facility, for example. A packet including function restriction information 70 is transmitted to portable communication device 600.
  • FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of function restriction management apparatus 300 according to the present embodiment.
  • the function restriction management device 300 includes an output control unit 60, an input instruction unit (input reception unit) 61, a selection control unit (selection unit) 62, a timing device 63, and a storage unit (management Storage device) 64 and configured.
  • the storage unit 64 includes function restriction information 70 and a function restriction information management table 71.
  • the input instruction unit 61 receives a transmission instruction of the function restriction information 70 such as a user from an external force. For example, when receiving a transmission instruction of the function restriction information 70 from the user, the input instruction unit 61 receives the instruction. Notify 62.
  • the selection control unit 62 selects and acquires the function restriction information 70 from the function restriction information 70 from the storage unit 64.
  • the selection control unit 62 outputs the acquired function restriction information 70 to the output control unit. Send to.
  • the selection control unit 62 may select the function restriction information 70 in accordance with, for example, a user instruction transmitted from the input instruction unit 61, or the time information and function provided by the timing device 63. Based on the restriction information management table 71, desired function restriction information 70 may be selected from the storage unit 64.
  • the function restriction management table 71 included in the storage unit 64 includes the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 to the mobile communication device 600, and the timing (period) at which the function restriction information 70 is transmitted. This shows the correspondence relationship. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 17, a period in which the function restriction information 70 is transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 and a correspondence relationship between the function restriction information 70 transmitted in this period are recorded. Note that the data structure of the function restriction information management table 71 shown in FIG. 17 is an example, and the storage format of the function restriction information transmission time and the function restriction information to be transmitted is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 16 shows the hardware configuration of the function restriction management device 300, but the output control unit 60, the input instruction unit 61, and the selection control unit 62 may be realized by software.
  • a CPU (not shown) can be realized by reading a program from a ROM (Read only memory) or the like (not shown) into a RAM (Random access memory) or the like and executing it.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of the portable communication device 600 constituting the electronic ticket system 500.
  • the mobile communication device 600 includes a first antenna 1, a radio unit (second communication means) 2, a communication control unit 3, a signal processing unit 4, a speaker 5, a microphone 6, and an imaging unit 7. , Light-emitting unit 8, image processing unit 9, first memory (communication storage device) 10, display driver 11, display unit 12, second memory (communication memory) Storage device) 13, operation unit 14, second antenna 15, wireless LAN control unit (first communication means) 17, and main control unit 18.
  • the first memory 10 plays a role as a noffer
  • the second memory 13 plays a role of storing data permanently like a flash memory.
  • the configuration of the first memory 10 and the second memory 13 that are storage devices (communication storage devices) of the mobile communication device 600 can be appropriately changed according to the specifications of the mobile communication device 600, for example, provided as an integral unit. May be.
  • the portable communication device 600 configured as described above has a call function, a voice record function, a mail function, a camera function, and the like as described below.
  • the radio unit 2 transmits / receives a signal to / from the base station 511 via the first antenna 1, and the signal processing unit 4 Predetermined signal processing is performed on signals transmitted and received by the radio unit 2.
  • the sound transmitted from the partner device via the base station 511 is output from the speaker 5 or the sound input from the microphone 6 is transmitted to the partner device via the base station 511. I'm starting to do it. In other words, a so-called call function is realized.
  • the communication performed by the mobile communication device 600 is performed via the AP 400, and thus the above-described call function is realized as follows.
  • the wireless LAN control unit 17 establishes a connection with the AP 400 through the second antenna 15, and through the connection management server 200 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512. Transmits / receives signals to / from the base station 511.
  • the signal processing unit 4 performs predetermined signal processing on the signals transmitted and received by the wireless LAN control unit 17. In this way, a call function is realized.
  • the audio data processed by the signal processing unit 4 can be stored in the second memory 13 based on the operation instruction of 14 operation units.
  • the voice input from the microphone 6, which is not related to the call function is converted into voice data and stored in the second memory 13. That is, a so-called voice record function is realized.
  • the signal processing unit 4 can similarly process not only audio data but also text data such as an e-mail and a Web page, image data, and HTML data. These processed data are stored in the first memory 10 or the second memory 13.
  • the display driver 11 when data is stored in the first memory 10, the display driver 11 generates a drive signal for display based on the stored data, and the display unit 12 displays images, characters, and the like. This makes it possible to display the received mail 'received image and browse web pages. Further, it is possible to send mail and images by the reverse procedure. In other words, the so-called mail function is realized by such operations.
  • the mobile communication device 600 includes an imaging unit 7 constituted by a charge coupled device (CCD) or a CMOS, and a light emitting unit 8 used as an auxiliary light source, and an image captured by the imaging unit 7 is image processing unit. After adjusting the exposure's image quality by 9, it is stored in the first memory 10, and the image is previewed on the display unit 12 in the same manner as described above.
  • the operation unit 14 is used in the preview display state, and an image is stored in the second memory 13 based on an operation instruction. That is, a so-called camera function is realized by such an operation.
  • the mobile communication device 600 is configured to store various data such as mail data, "image data”, “voice data”, “HTML data”, phonebook data, and schedules in the second memory 13.
  • the operation unit 14 allows a user to input a telephone number “character” symbol, etc., and to select / start / stop various functions!
  • the mobile communication device 600 is stored in the second memory 13, and the mail data, image data, voice data, HTML data, etc. are stored in the other communication device.
  • transmission transmission of the various data described above is realized as follows.
  • the data is read from the second memory by the main control unit 18 and transmitted to the wireless LAN control unit 17 in the same manner as the above-described call function.
  • the wireless LAN control unit 17 establishes a connection with the AP 400 and transmits the data to the base station 511 through the connection management server 200 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone circuit network 512. In this way, the data is transmitted.
  • the mobile communication device 600 is in a state in which communication is performed only through the relay device 400.
  • a communication request from the outside to the mobile communication device 600 is restricted by the function restriction management device 300 based on the function restriction information 70 currently being executed by the mobile communication device 600.
  • the function restriction management device 300 does not transmit the mail data to the mobile communication device 600.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may appear to be out of range.
  • the function restriction management device 300 transmits only the notification to the portable communication device 600 when the mail data or mail arrives. Also good.
  • the above is also applicable to calls such as power calls written in the case of e-mail.
  • the function restriction management device 300 may provide an answering machine service.
  • FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram showing details related to the function restriction of the main control unit 18 of the mobile communication device 600.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of information included in the electronic ticket.
  • FIGS. 5 to 8 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 as the function restriction information 70.
  • the mobile communication device 600 includes, in particular, an electronic ticket management unit 81, an information extraction unit 82, a wireless LAN setting unit (setting means) 83, a function restriction unit (function control means) 84, information
  • the storage unit 90, the wireless unit 2, and the wireless LAN control unit 17 are provided.
  • the electronic ticket management unit 81, the information extraction unit 82, the wireless LAN setting unit 83, and the wireless LAN function restriction unit 84 are functions realized in the main control unit 18 based on software.
  • the information storage unit 90 is a memory for storing information such as an electronic ticket, and corresponds to the second memory 13.
  • the electronic ticket management unit 81 acquires the electronic ticket issued by the electronic ticket issuing device 100 from the wireless unit 2, and stores it as the electronic ticket information 91 in the information storage unit 90. In addition, the electronic ticket management unit 81 acquires an electronic ticket correction instruction from the electronic ticket issuing device 100 from the wireless unit 2 and corrects the electronic ticket information 91 stored in the information storage unit 90. Thereby, for example, a change in the program of the concert can be corrected.
  • the information extraction unit 82 extracts the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket information 91 stored in the information storage unit 90. Further, the function restriction information 70 is extracted from the function restriction information packet received from the function restriction management device 300 and received by the wireless LAN control unit 17.
  • the wireless LAN setting unit 83 sets the wireless LAN control unit 17 based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 extracted by the information extraction unit 82.
  • the function restriction unit 84 stops at least one of the functions of the mobile communication device 600 based on the function restriction information 70 extracted by the information extraction unit 82.
  • the wireless LAN setting unit 83 completes the setting to establish a connection with the AP 400
  • the first antenna 1 is sent to the function control unit 84 according to the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300. Instructs the user to restrict communication with other external communication devices through the.
  • the function restriction unit 84 resumes the stopped function again based on the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300, or stops other functions.
  • the electronic ticket information 91 includes the ticket information for entering the facility that the user desires to use, and the radio that enables communication with the AP 400 provided in the facility.
  • LAN setting information 92 is included.
  • ticket information for example, the name of the concert, the venue name, and the date and time of the concert are registered.
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 includes, for example, wireless LAN settings (for example, SSID (Service Set ID)) and WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) key necessary to be able to communicate with the AP400 in the concert venue.
  • FIG. 4 shows an example of the data structure of the electronic ticket information 91, and the storage format of the ticket information and the wireless LAN setting information 92 is not limited thereto.
  • mobile communication device 600 uses a call function performed via base station 511, etc. Each function is instructed to be stopped, but other functions such as camera function and voice record function can be instructed to be stopped.
  • the wireless LAN setting unit 83 sets the wireless LAN based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 extracted from the electronic ticket information 91 by the information extracting unit 82. be able to.
  • the wireless LAN is set. Is set so that communication with the base station 511 cannot be performed via the radio unit 2. For this reason, after the wireless connection with the AP 400 is established as described above, the communication executed in the portable communication device 600 is performed via the AP 400.
  • the portable communication device 600 is information for instructing which of the functions of the portable communication device 600 is to be stopped from the function restriction management device 300 via the AP 400. A packet containing information 70 is sent.
  • this packet includes function restriction information 70 as shown in FIGS. 5 to 8, for example.
  • the information extraction unit 82 stores the function restriction information 70. Extract the contents. Then, based on the information extracted by the information extraction unit 82, the function restriction unit 84 stops the function provided in the mobile communication device 600.
  • the mobile communication device 600 establishes a wireless connection with the AP 400 as described above, and then, from the function restriction management device 300, for example, the camera function, mail function, telephone (call) shown in FIG.
  • the function restriction unit 84 controls to stop all these functions.
  • the mobile communication device 600 has a camera function when it receives a packet including function restriction information 70 that permits only camera function shooting, for example, as shown in FIG. Is controlled by the function limiting unit 84 so that only the camera function can be used.
  • the mobile communication device 600 when the mobile communication device 600 receives a packet including function restriction information 70 indicating that the camera function, the mail function, the telephone (call function), and the Internet connection function are all permitted as shown in FIG.
  • the function restriction unit 84 controls so that all these functions can be executed.
  • the function restriction unit 84 is stopped so that the camera function and the telephone (call function) function cannot be executed.
  • the mail function and the Internet connection function are controlled to be executable.
  • the function restriction information 70 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 is an example, and the mobile communication device 600 includes an antenna that can receive program content information from, for example, a TV station, and has a function for viewing the content.
  • information indicating whether or not the TV can be viewed is included in the restriction content. It may be rare.
  • information indicating whether or not the information recorded on the recording medium can be reproduced may be included. .
  • the restriction content may include information indicating whether or not the voice record function of the mobile communication device 600 can be executed.
  • each function in the function restriction information 70 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 and information indicating the restriction of the function is not limited to these.
  • the restriction contents included in the function restriction information 70 may permit functions other than the camera function, or may permit only the camera function and the telephone (call) function.
  • each function in the function restriction information 70 and information indicating the restriction of the function depends on the type of facility that the user enters (for example, a movie theater, a hospital, a museum, or the like) It is preferable to set appropriately according to the contents of the service provided by.
  • the transmission timing of the packet including the function restriction information 70 described above in the mobile communication device 600 from the function restriction management device 300 via the AP 400 is determined by, for example, the function restriction information management table 71 shown in FIG. It is determined according to the contents of the service provided at the facility where the user enters or the progress of the service such as start or end.
  • the mobile communication device 600 For example, it is assumed that an electronic ticket including the wireless LAN setting information 92 is purchased, and a user having the mobile communication device 600 goes to the theater to watch a play. When this user enters the theater, the mobile communication device 600 establishes a wireless connection with the AP 400 based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket. Then, the mobile communication device 600 cannot communicate with other external mobile communication devices via the base station 511.
  • the function restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in Fig. 7 to the mobile communication device via the AP 400.
  • the mobile communication device 600 has a function (for example, camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), Internet access) until the performance of the theater starts. Connection function) can be executed. For this reason, until the drama starts Using the portable communication device 600, the user can freely make calls, send and receive mails, and the like.
  • a packet including function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 5 is transmitted from function restriction management device 300 to portable communication device 600 via AP 400.
  • the function of the mobile communication device 600 is prevented so that the functions of the mobile communication device 600 (for example, camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), Internet connection function) are not executed.
  • the limiting unit 84 performs the control. For this reason, a user who comes to see the theater can use the functions of the mobile communication device 600 to send the contents of the theater to the outside without permission, take pictures of the actors who perform the theater, This can prevent inconvenience to the surrounding audience.
  • a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 7 is transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 to the mobile communication device 600.
  • functions that could not be used for example, camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), Internet connection function
  • camera function for example, camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), Internet connection function
  • the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 6 is included in scenes that are desired to be advertised, such as during the performance of the theater, at the stage of the theater, or by greetings by performers at the start or end of the theater.
  • the function restriction management device 300 transmits the packet to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400.
  • the function restriction unit 84 performs control so that the camera function of the mobile communication device 600 can be used. In this way, it is possible to allow free shooting in one scene of the theater, especially as described above. In this way, by making the camera function executable only in scenes that you want to promote, theater performers can expect the effect of advertising the theater with images taken by the audience.
  • the function restriction management device 300 appropriately performs function restriction information according to the contents of services provided to the user, such as plays. By selecting and transmitting it to the mobile communication device 400, it is possible to prevent nuisance to other audiences such as unauthorized shooting, recording, or telephone conversation during the theater.
  • the function restriction management device 300 is configured to transmit the function restriction information 70 described above in a facility such as a theater at predetermined intervals according to a program such as a play. It is configured to transmit to each of the AP400a to AP400c provided.
  • the function restriction management device 300 receives an instruction from the user indicating which function restriction information 70 is to be selected and transmitted by the input instruction unit 61, and from this received user.
  • the selection control unit 62 can select the function information 70 in response to the instruction.
  • the function restriction management device 300 is configured to be able to select the function restriction information 70 in accordance with an instruction from the user and transmit it to the portable communication device 400 via the AP 400. For this reason, for example, even if the play is not performed on time, the function restriction management device 300 may transmit a packet including the appropriate function restriction information 70 to the mobile communication device 600 at an appropriate timing. it can.
  • the function restriction management device 300 receives a signal synchronized with the audio or video output timing from the video / audio output device by the input instruction unit 61, and selects the control unit 62 according to the received signal. Selects the function restriction information 70 from the storage unit 64. Then, the output control unit 60 transmits the packet including the selected function restriction information 70 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400.
  • the function restriction management device receives input of the signal as selection information indicating which function restriction information 70 is selected from the function restriction information 70 stored in the storage unit 64.
  • An instruction unit 61 is provided, and the selection control unit 62 selects the function restriction information 70 stored in the storage unit 64 based on information indicated by the signal received by the input instruction unit.
  • the function restriction management device 300 since the function restriction management device 300 includes the selection control unit 62, the function restriction information 70 instructed from the outside can be selected. it can.
  • the manager of the facility, event, etc. is informed of the contents or progress of the service to be provided. Accordingly, it is possible to select and stop the function desired to be stopped from the functions provided in portable communication device 600. Therefore, the functions provided in the mobile communication device 600 can be appropriately stopped on the administrator side according to the content of the service to be provided and the progress of the service, and the functions of the mobile communication device can be limited.
  • the main control unit 18 can connect to the AP 400 via wireless based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the acquired electronic ticket.
  • Set up the wireless LAN S10.
  • the main control unit 18 prohibits communication with the base station 511 performed via the first antenna according to the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300. In other words, the setting is changed so that connection with the public network is not possible (S11).
  • the function restriction information 70 transmitted by the function restriction management device 300 may include a camera function and a voice record function.
  • the function restriction information 70 may include a communication function.
  • the function restriction information 70 can set the functions of the mobile communication device 600 so that shooting, voice recording, telephone call, and mail transmission / reception can be performed until the concert starts. Therefore, it is possible to hold a meeting in a concert hall where it is not necessary to place a burden on the user more than necessary.
  • the functions of the mobile communication device 600 are simultaneously restricted for all the mobile communication devices 600 in the facility through the AP 400 in the facility used by the user. It was. However, depending on the type of service provided at the facility used by the user, it may be inconvenient if the functions of the mobile communication device 600 are restricted as described above. For example, in the case of a movie theater having a plurality of theaters (screens) such as a so-called cinema, there are various times such as movie performance time, break time, etc., as described above, the portable communication device 600 It would be inconvenient if restrictions on the functions provided by are implemented.
  • AP400a force theater A, AP400b force theater B, AP400c force lobby, and so on, and / or AP400a to AP400c provided for each space (room) are determined. Then, the function restriction management device 300 transmits the function restriction information 70 having different contents via the APs 400a to 400c.
  • theater A is showing a movie
  • theater B is still showing
  • the function restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 5 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400a provided in the theater A.
  • the mobile communication device 600 stops the camera function, e-mail function, telephone (call function), and connection to the Internet to prevent noise from the surrounding people or leakage of the movie content. Can do.
  • the function restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 8 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400b provided in the theater B.
  • the AP 400b provided in the theater B.
  • the function restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 8 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400b provided in the theater B.
  • Theater B only the mail function provided in the portable communication device 600 and the function for connecting to the Internet can be used.
  • it prevents unauthorized outflow of content due to the camera function and prevents noise to people around the phone (call function).
  • the ability restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in Fig. 7 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400c provided in the lobby.
  • the camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), and Internet connection function of the mobile communication device 600 can be freely used in the lobby.
  • the function restriction of the mobile communication device 600 required for each room is different, the function restriction is made via the AP 400 provided in each room. It is preferable that the management apparatus 300 transmits a packet including appropriate function restriction information 70. In this way, the mobile communication device 600 is subject to finer function restrictions in each room, which does not impose an unnecessary burden on the user. It can be carried out.
  • the function restriction management device 300 selects a predetermined AP 400 as to which packet including the function restriction information 70 is transmitted via which AP 400 of the APs 400a to 400c.
  • the function restriction management device 300 may manage the power with which the mobile communication device 600 is connected to which AP 400 and directly transmit the packet to the mobile communication device 600.
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket is a user who owns the wireless communication device 600.
  • the information may be valid only for the space (location) used by The. For example, if the user is a theater
  • the wireless communication device 600 purchases an electronic ticket for a movie to be screened in the theater A from the electronic ticket issuing device 100, the electronic ticket is wirelessly communicated in the shared space lobby and theater A. Includes possible wireless LAN settings.
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 relating only to the location used by the user is included in the electronic ticket in this way, in a location where wireless communication cannot be established, all the functions of the mobile communication device 600 are stopped, and wireless communication is disabled. In the place where it can be established, the above function is configured to be restricted based on the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300. In this way, it is possible to appropriately activate a specific function possessed by the mobile communication device 600 only in a location used by the user.
  • the mobile communication device 600 when the function restriction information 70 transmitted to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400 is different for each AP 400 provided in each place, the mobile communication device 600 is different from the AP 400, respectively. May receive a packet of function restriction information 70 sent from. In this case, the function of the mobile communication device 600 may be stopped based on the function restriction information 70 received earlier. Alternatively, it may be configured to compare the received function restriction information 70, select the one with more restricted functions, and stop the function. Conversely, the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to stop the functions of the mobile communication device 600 based on the function restriction information 70 having the least restriction in the received function restriction information 70. .
  • the received function restriction information 70 may be configured so that the functions are commonly restricted, only those are valid, and other functions are stopped.
  • the issued electronic ticket includes information indicating the priority order of the function restriction information 70 received from which AP 400, and information indicating the priority order. Based on the information indicating the priority order.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may stop its own functions! /.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 is configured to record information specifying the portable communication device 600 when the electronic ticket is issued to the portable communication device 600. ing. Then, information for identifying the mobile communication device 600 to the connection management server 200. It is assumed that the information on the electronic ticket stored in association with the information includes information on a place where the user who has the portable communication device 600 can use. In this case, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 transmits information specifying the portable communication device 600 and information indicating a place where the portable communication device 600 can be used to the connection management server 200. Based on the received information, the connection management server 200 determines whether or not the AP 400 and the mobile communication device 600 provided in a place where use is not permitted has established a connection.
  • the connection management server 200 If it is determined that the connection between the AP 400 provided in the place where use is not permitted and the mobile communication device 600 is established, the connection management server 200 notifies the mobile communication device 600 to a warning. It may be configured to. For example, a cine-con may warn by notifying that it is in another theater. In addition, you can send information about the hall to the main location along with this warning! / ⁇ .
  • the wireless LAN setting unit 83 sets the wireless LAN in response to an instruction from the user, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • an electronic ticket confirmation device (not shown) is provided at the entrance / exit of a facility used by a user, and the electronic ticket confirmation device is set when an electronic ticket is used to confirm entrance.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to receive information indicating admission confirmation using an electronic ticket from the electronic ticket confirmation device via the wireless unit 2.
  • the mobile communication device 600 includes other wireless communication means such as FeliCa (registered trademark), Bluetooth (registered trademark), and receives the information indicating the admission confirmation by using this wireless communication device. It may be.
  • a wireless LAN that is effective in the facility is set, and communication with other communication devices is performed via the first antenna. Can be cut off.
  • the wireless LAN setting unit 83 cancels the set wireless LAN setting from the user. This is performed according to instructions, but is not limited to this.
  • the electronic ticket confirmation device may be set when the electronic ticket confirmation is performed using the electronic ticket.
  • the information indicating the exit confirmation may be received from the electronic ticket confirmation device via the wireless unit 2 as in the case of the entrance, or the information may be received via other wireless communication means. May be received.
  • the wireless LAN setting effective in the facility can be invalidated.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 may add valid period information to the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket to be sold in advance. In other words, by setting this deadline information until, for example, the date of the concert or the time of the end of the concert, the wireless LAN setting can be appropriately invalidated.
  • mobile communication device 600 purchases an electronic ticket, and based on wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket, mobile communication device 600 has a wireless LAN.
  • the method for obtaining the wireless LAN setting information 92 is not limited to this.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to obtain LAN setting information from the electronic ticket issuing system 100 via the base station 511. Further, the portable communication device 600 acquires the wireless LAN setting information 92 from the electronic ticket issuing system 100 via the base station 511 when entering the facility such as a theater or a movie theater with the purchased electronic ticket. May be.
  • the mobile communication device 600 further includes another wireless unit having a relatively short communicable distance, such as RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), infrared light, and Bluetooth, and the purchased electronic ticket is used for a theater or a movie theater.
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 may be acquired by the wireless unit.
  • the wireless LAN setting can be realized by transmitting the wireless LAN setting information 92 acquired by the wireless unit to the main control unit 18. it can.
  • a QR (Quick Response) code which contains wireless LAN setting information 92
  • a sheet of paper on which a two-dimensional code such as a registered trademark is printed.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 from this QR code.
  • the mobile communication device 600 further includes a QR code reading unit, and transmits the read information to the main control unit 18 to set the wireless LAN. Can be achieved.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may access the website specified when the electronic ticket is purchased and acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 from the website.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 acquires a mail address from the portable communication device 600 when purchasing an electronic ticket, and transmits the wireless LAN setting information 92 as an attached file to the mail address.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 by receiving this mail.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 changes the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket for each showing time.
  • the configuration may be information.
  • the setting of AP400 provided in this movie theater will also be changed to be different for each show.
  • the display unit 12 may display a description regarding the setting of the wireless LAN.
  • the contents of the explanation message to be displayed may be included in the electronic ticket information 91, transmitted from the electronic ticket issuing device 100, stored in the portable communication device 600, and extracted from the electronic ticket information 91 when displayed. .
  • the description of the LAN setting method can be displayed on the display unit 12, so that the LAN setting can be explained to the user, and the user can easily set the LAN setting.
  • mobile communication device 600 is configured to display the contents of the purchased electronic ticket on display unit 12 of mobile communication device 600. I like it! /
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an electronic ticketing system 501 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • an electronic ticket issuing system 501 is different from the electronic ticket issuing system 500 shown in the first embodiment in the following points.
  • the same members as those in Embodiment 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 101 can communicate with the base station 511 via the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 101 can communicate with the mobile communication device 601 via the base station 511. That is, the electronic ticket issuing device 101 can sell an electronic ticket to the mobile communication device 601 through the base station 511 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512.
  • Each of 400 can be connected to the Internet network 513. Then, when the wireless LAN is set so that the mobile communication device 601 can establish a connection with these AP 400a to AP 400c, the mobile communication device 601 is connected to the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512 via these AP 400a to AP 400c. can do.
  • the information included in the electronic ticket purchased by the mobile communication device 601 from the electronic ticket issuing device 101 is different.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 101 has the function restriction information (instruction information) 93 assigned to each AP 400a to AP 400c in addition to the information included in the electronic ticket shown in the first embodiment in the electronic ticket to be issued. included.
  • the electronic ticket information 191 enters the facility that the user desires to use.
  • wireless LAN setting information 92 necessary for establishing a connection with the AP 400a to AP 400c provided in the facility.
  • the electronic ticket information 191 includes function restriction information 93 that is information on a function to be stopped (prohibited) among the functions of the portable communication device 601 when a wireless connection with the AP 400a to AP400c is established. Yes.
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 includes, for example, information related to wireless LAN settings (for example, SSID, WEP key, AP400 MAC address, etc.) that enable communication with each of AP400a to AP400c in the concert venue.
  • the function restriction information 93 when the mobile communication device 601 establishes a wireless connection with each of these AP 400a to AP 400c, which of the functions of the mobile communication device 601 is to be stopped (prohibited). This includes all the information.
  • the MAC address for each AP400a to AP400c is included.
  • the MAC address is information used to identify each of AP400a to AP400c, and is not limited to this as long as it is information that can identify each of AP400a to AP400c.
  • SSID may be used instead of MAC address.
  • the function restriction information 93 includes information for identifying which one of the APs 400a to 400c is as described above, the connection of the portable communication device 601 is performed via this identifying information.
  • a correspondence relationship can be established between the functions of the portable communication device 601 that should be stopped (prohibited).
  • FIG. 11 shows an example of the data structure of the electronic ticket information 191.
  • the storage format of the ticket information, the wireless LAN setting information 92, and the function restriction information 93 is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 12 shows an example of the data structure of the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 91, and the storage format of the function restriction information 93 is not limited thereto.
  • the function restriction information 93 can be managed in association with each AP 400a to AP 400c. However, if it is not necessary to set the restrictions on the functions of the mobile communication terminal device 601 separately for each location where the AP400a to AP400c are provided, the function restriction information set in association with each AP400a to AP400c. 93 may have the same contents.
  • the mobile communication device 601 can be set with the wireless LAN setting information 92 common to the AP 400a to AP 400c, the setting information (wireless LAN) required to establish a wireless connection with the AP 400a to AP 400c.
  • the setting information 92) need not be associated with each AP400a to AP400c.
  • the hardware configuration of portable communication device 601 is only the software configuration related to the function restriction in main control unit 118, compared to portable communication device 600 shown in the first embodiment. Different. For this reason, the hardware configuration of the mobile communication device 601 is the same except for the main control unit 118, and therefore, the description of these same units is omitted and the same reference numerals are given.
  • FIG. 14 is a functional block diagram showing details relating to the function restriction of the main control unit 118 of the mobile communication device 601. Note that, in the software configuration of the mobile communication device 601, members that are the same as the software configuration in the mobile communication device 600 shown in Embodiment 1 are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
  • the portable communication device 601 includes an electronic ticket management unit 81, an information extraction unit 82, a wireless LAN setting unit 83, a function restriction unit 84, a function restriction information acquisition unit. 85, an information storage unit 190, a wireless unit 2, and a wireless LAN control unit 17.
  • the electronic ticket management unit 81, the information extraction unit 82, the wireless LAN setting unit 83, the wireless LAN function restriction unit 84, and the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 are functions implemented in the main control unit 118 based on software. It is.
  • the information storage unit 190 is an electronic ticket or the like. And corresponds to the second memory 13.
  • mobile communication device 601 differs from mobile communication device 600 shown in Embodiment 1 in the following points.
  • the information included in the electronic ticket information 191 acquired by the electronic ticket management unit 81 from the wireless unit 2 and stored in the information storage unit 190 is different. That is, in the mobile communication device 600 shown in the first embodiment, the electronic ticket information 91 stored in the information storage unit 90 includes the wireless lan setting information 92, whereas the mobile ticket according to the present embodiment.
  • the communication apparatus 601 is different in that the electronic ticket information 191 stored in the information storage unit 190 further includes function restriction information 93 in addition to the wireless LAN setting information 92.
  • the point that the main control unit 118 of the mobile communication device 601 further includes a function restriction information acquisition unit 85 is different from the mobile communication device 600 shown in the first embodiment. That is, when the wireless LAN control unit 17 receives a signal including information (MAC address) for identifying the AP 400 from the AP 400, the wireless LAN control unit 17 transmits the identification information to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85.
  • MAC address information for identifying the AP 400 from the AP 400
  • the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 instructs the information extraction unit 82 to acquire the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the identification information from the information storage unit 190.
  • the information extraction unit 82 Upon receiving an instruction from the function restriction information acquisition unit 85, the information extraction unit 82 extracts the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the identification information from the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 191. And sent to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85.
  • the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 transmits the function restriction information 93 acquired from the information extraction unit 82 to the function restriction unit 84. Based on the received function restriction information 93, the function restriction unit 84 stops some or all of the functions provided in the mobile communication device 601.
  • the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 and the information extraction unit 82 implement an instruction information acquisition unit.
  • the signal including the identification information is, for example, a beacon signal transmitted from each AP 400a to AP 400c, and identification information such as the MAC address of each AP 400a to AP 400c is added to the beacon signal. Included and sent periodically to the connection destination. That is, each of AP400a to AP400c periodically transmits the beacon signal in a predetermined area where each of the AP400a to AP400c can communicate, and the mobile communication device 601 is in the predetermined area. I am searching for the power that exists.
  • the mobile communication device 601 transmits a beacon signal transmitted from any of AP400a to AP400c via the second antenna 15 to the wireless LAN control unit.
  • the mobile communication device 601 transmits a beacon signal transmitted from any of AP400a to AP400c via the second antenna 15 to the wireless LAN control unit.
  • the signal including this identification information is not limited to this.
  • data packets such as broadcast data include information that can identify the AP 400 such as the MAC address of each AP 400a to AP 400c. It may be what you did.
  • the information for identifying which AP 400 of the above-mentioned APs 400a to 400c is not limited to the MAC address, and may be, for example, an SSID or a WEP key.
  • the SSID or WEP key is associated with information indicating whether the function is prohibited or permitted.
  • the portable communication device 601 when identifying the AP 400 capable of communicating with the portable communication device 60 1 by receiving the SSID or the WEP key, which of the APs 400a to 400c is specified, the portable communication device 601 is: This identification is performed after establishing communication with AP400.
  • the wireless LAN control unit 17 receives the identification information transmitted from the AP 400.
  • the identification information received by the wireless LAN control unit 17 is transmitted to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85, and the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 uses the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 191 based on the received identification information.
  • the information extraction unit 82 is instructed to obtain the information.
  • the information extraction unit 82 acquires the function restriction information 93 from the electronic ticket information 191 and transmits the function restriction information 93 to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85.
  • the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 transmits the acquired function restriction information 93 to the function restriction unit 84. In this way, the mobile communication device 601 can limit the functions provided by itself according to the AP 400 that has established the connection.
  • the function restriction unit 84 when the AP 400 is found (discovered) or when the wireless LAN connection with the AP 400 is established, the function restriction unit 84 The point which instruct
  • the function restriction management device 300 transmits information such as stopping communication performed via the base station 511 to the mobile communication device 600 including the function restriction information 70 to a specific function. could be ordered to stop.
  • the function to be stopped among the functions of the mobile communication device 600 is determined in advance for each AP 400a to be connected.
  • the mobile communication device 601 finds the AP 400 or establishes a connection with the AP 400 and receives the identification information of the AP 400, the received identification information Based on the above, the function control unit 84 controls the use of the function of the portable communication device 601.
  • the mobile communication device 601 receives identification information for identifying each AP 400a to AP 400c by finding the AP 400 or establishing a connection with the AP 400, and the mobile communication device 601 Some or all of the functions provided by can be prohibited. For this reason, the function to stop (prohibit) can be set appropriately for each location where each AP 400 is provided.
  • the main control unit 118 has many functions that are prohibited by comparing AP400a and AP400c, that is, the restrictions are severe.
  • the function restriction information 93 may be selected, and a part or all of the functions of the mobile communication device 601 may be stopped based on this information! /.
  • the main control unit 118 is configured to select the function control information 93 with few functions that are prohibited, that is, loosely restricted, and to stop the functions of the mobile communication device 601 based on this information. Also good.
  • both AP powers may be prohibited from the function restriction information 93 and may be configured to do everything!
  • each of the function control information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 191 has a priority, and the main control unit 118 selects the function restriction information 93 having a higher priority and selects this information.
  • the function of the mobile communication device 601 may be stopped based on the above. [0152] (Function stop or restart process 2)
  • the main control unit 118 becomes able to connect to the AP 400 via wireless based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the acquired electronic ticket.
  • Set the wireless LAN as follows (S20).
  • main control unit 118 of portable communication device 601 establishes communication with AP 400. (S21).
  • the main control unit 118 receives information for identifying the AP 400 from the AP 400 that is the connection destination. Then, based on the received information identifying the AP 400, the information contained in the electronic ticket is referred to and the function of the portable communication device 601 prohibited in communication performed via the AP 400 is confirmed (S22).
  • the main control unit 118 confirms the prohibited function
  • the main control unit 118 stops the function provided in the mobile communication device 601 according to the confirmation result (S23).
  • the main control unit 118 establishes a connection with a new AP 400 (S25).
  • the main control unit 118 receives information for identifying the AP 400 from the connected AP 400. Based on the received information identifying the AP 400, the function included in the mobile communication device 601 that is prohibited in communication via the AP 400 is confirmed with reference to the information included in the electronic ticket (S26). Then, when the main control unit 118 confirms the prohibited function, the main control unit 118 changes the setting for stopping the function of the mobile communication device 601 according to the confirmation result, that is, changes the setting of the prohibited function (S27).
  • the main control unit 118 identifies the connection destination AP 400 and is included in the electronic ticket. Based on information Then, change the setting to stop or restart the above function.
  • connection with the AP 400 is established and the identification information of the AP 400 is received from the connection destination AP 400 has been described.
  • description will be given of an operation when a beacon signal transmitted from the AP 400 is received, the AP 400 is specified, and various functions are stopped or restarted according to the AP 400.
  • step S20 when an electronic ticket is issued and the electronic ticket is acquired, the main control unit 118 performs wireless communication based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the acquired electronic ticket. Set the wireless LAN so that it can be connected to the AP400 (S40).
  • the wireless LAN control unit 17 periodically starts from the AP 400 before the mobile communication device 601 establishes communication with the AP 400.
  • the AP 400 is found (discovered) by receiving the transmitted beacon signal (S41).
  • the mobile communication device 601 transmits the identification information included in the beacon signal to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85.
  • the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 instructs the information extraction unit 82 to acquire the function restriction information 93 from the electronic ticket information.
  • the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 transmits the received function restriction information 93 and identification information to the function restriction unit 84.
  • the function restriction unit 84 confirms the prohibited function based on the received identification information and the function restriction information 93 (S42).
  • the function restriction unit 84 stops the prohibited functions among the functions of the mobile communication device 601 (S43). For example, when setting is made so that connection to the public network is not possible and calling with other mobile communication devices is prohibited, the function restriction unit 84 in the main control unit 118 is connected to a base station that is connected via the first antenna. The communication control unit 3 is controlled to prohibit communication with the station 511.
  • step S40 the wireless communication device 601 has already set the wireless LAN setting.
  • the main control unit 118 can establish communication with the AP 400.
  • step S44 If the connection with the AP 400 is prohibited in the above step S43, or if the connection with the AP 400 is required! /, Etc., the process of this step S44 is not necessary.
  • the function restriction unit 84 confirms the prohibited function (S46).
  • the function restriction unit 84 changes the setting of the prohibited function among the functions of the mobile communication device 601 (S47). And the function control unit 84. The function prohibited by the setting after the change is stopped.
  • the mobile communication device 601 When the user moves and the AP 400 that can communicate with the mobile communication device 601 changes, the mobile communication device 601 establishes a connection with a new AP (S48). However, in this step S48, when the connection with the AP 400 is prohibited or when the connection with the AP 400 is not required, the process of this step S48 is not necessary.
  • the location of the mobile communication device 1 changes, and enters the communicable range of the AP400 provided at the place where the user leaves, such as an exit, for example, the mobile communication device
  • the device 1 receives the beacon signal of the AP 400 at the exit location.
  • the mobile communication device 1 finds the AP 400 in the exit location (YES in S49).
  • the mobile communication device 1 when the mobile communication device 1 discovers the AP 400 at the exit location, that is, when receiving the identification information of the AP 400 at the exit location, the mobile communication device 1 is based on the received identification information and the function restriction information 93. Then, the function of the portable communication device 601 that has been stopped as the prohibited function is resumed (S50).
  • step S49 the process returns to step S45 and the process is repeated.
  • mobile communication device 1 when mobile communication device 1 enters the communicable range of AP 400, mobile communication device 1 based on the identification information included in the beacon signal received from AP 400
  • the configuration for stopping and restarting the functions of the mobile communication device 1 and the configuration for stopping and restarting the functions of the mobile communication device 1 based on the identification information transmitted from the AP 400 after establishing a connection with the AP 400 are separately provided. Explained.
  • the mobile communication device 1 is configured to stop and restart the function of the mobile communication device 1 based on both the identification information included in the beacon signal and the identification information received from the AP 400 that has established the connection. It is good.
  • step S20 it is confirmed whether or not AP400 has been found, and if found, the function prohibited based on the identification information contained in the AP400 beacon signal is stopped.
  • step S21 a connection with the AP 400 is established, and the prohibited function is confirmed again based on the identification information received from the AP 400 (S22), and the prohibited function is stopped (S23).
  • connection destination AP400 changes in step S24
  • the new AP400 power is also checked based on the identification information contained in the received beacon signal and is prohibited. Change function settings. Then, the connection with the new AP 400 is established (S25), the prohibited function is confirmed again based on the identification information received from the AP 400 that is the connection destination (S26), and the setting of the prohibited function is changed (S26). S27).
  • step S28 in Fig. 15 it is confirmed whether the AP 400 at the exit location has been found. If AP400 is found at the exit location, all the functions that have been stopped as a prohibited function are resumed. Then, it establishes a connection with AP400 at the exit location, confirms whether all functions that have been stopped again as a prohibited function have been resumed, and reliably resumes the function (S29).
  • the function of the mobile communication device 1 may be stopped and restarted by any one of the above-described configurations.
  • Such an AP400 uses a highly directional antenna to prevent radio waves from spreading, It is desirable to have a configuration that allows communication only when the user passes there. In addition, it is desirable for other AP400s to use antennas that can notify instruction information to as many users as possible.
  • a stop (prohibited) function included in the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP 400 installed in this place for example, a camera function and If you want to include the voice record function, and if you want to prohibit calls and emails in the concert venue, the suspension (included in the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP400 provided in the concert venue ( (Prohibited)
  • the communication function should be included as a function.
  • the stop (prohibited) function included in the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP400 provided in the hall should not be set as a prohibited function. That's fine.
  • the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP 400 provided for each place as described above appropriately stops (prohibits) the functions of the mobile communication device 600 inside or outside the concert venue. ) Or restarting, you can change the settings, so you can meet in the hall of the concert hall where you do not place an unnecessary burden on users.
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in a composite electronic ticket including a plurality of theaters is used only in a place (theatre) used by the user who owns the wireless communication device 601. You may make it become effective.
  • the mobile communication device 601 is configured so as to be able to establish a connection only with the AP 400 provided in the place where the user uses, in such a case, the connection with the AP 400 cannot be established. It is preferable that the display unit 12 of the mobile communication device 601 is configured to display so that the main control unit 18 is in the wrong place.
  • the notification is made in the mobile communication device 601, so that the user who is in the wrong place (theatre) can be prompted to leave.
  • the stop of communication performed via the base station 511 of the mobile communication device 601 is a force indicated by the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 91. It is not limited to.
  • the function restriction unit 84 performs the telephone line via the base station 511.
  • the configuration may be such that the function of performing communication using the network 512 is stopped. That is, in the case of the first embodiment, the function restriction management device 300 side can instruct the mobile communication device 600 to include the function restriction information 70 so as to stop the communication performed via the base station 511.
  • the function to be stopped among the functions of the mobile communication device 600 is determined in advance for each AP 400a to be connected. For this reason, the wireless LAN setting unit 83 may be configured to automatically instruct to stop communication performed via the base station 511 when setting is made so that the connection with the AP 400 can be established.
  • step S20 in the processing flow shown in FIG.
  • step S40 in the processing flow shown in FIG. 18, the connection to the public network is stopped in the next step.
  • FIG. 1 Note that, as described above, in the case where the mobile communication device 601 is configured to stop communication using the telephone line network 512 via the base station 2 in response to the start of wireless LAN setting, FIG.
  • the function restriction information 93 shown in 2 need not include information for instructing permission or prohibition of execution of the telephone function.
  • the main control unit 118 resumes the stopped function.
  • the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket received from the electronic ticket issuing device 101 may be configured so that an expiration date is provided in advance and all functions that have been stopped when the expiration date is over are resumed. .
  • the wireless LAN setting unit 83 may cancel the set wireless LAN setting in accordance with an instruction from the user.
  • the portable communication device 601 further includes other wireless communication means such as RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), infrared, and Bluetooth, which have a relatively short communicable distance. It may be configured to receive an instruction indicating resumption of a restricted function. Thereby, for example, when a user leaves a facility such as a concert hall, the LAN setting effective in the facility can be canceled.
  • the wireless communication with the AP 400 is performed according to the instruction of the wireless means power provided in the gate. It is also possible to establish a connection according to the above and prohibit communication performed via the base station 501.
  • a wireless LAN that is effective in the facility is set, and communication with other communication devices is performed via the first antenna. Can be cut off.
  • the main control unit 18 causes the display unit 12 to display the currently stopped function.
  • the configuration may be such that confirmation is taken.
  • a specific vibration is generated. Therefore, when a specific sound is emitted from the speaker 5 or when the portable communication device 601 includes an LED (Light Emitting Diode) as an indicator, for example, the indicator flashes to notify the user. May be.
  • LED Light Emitting Diode
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 101 may add valid period information to the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket to be sold in advance. In other words, by setting this deadline information until, for example, the date of the concert or the time of the end of the concert, the wireless LAN setting can be appropriately invalidated.
  • portable communication device 601 purchases an electronic ticket, and based on wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket, portable communication device 601 wirelessly communicates with AP 400.
  • the power for establishing the connection by the wireless LAN setting information 92 is not limited to this.
  • the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 from the electronic ticket issuing system 101 via the base station 511.
  • the function restriction information 93 is also acquired.
  • the mobile communication device 601 enters the facility such as a theater or a movie theater with the purchased electronic ticket, the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z are sent from the electronic ticket issuing system 100 via the base station 511.
  • the function restriction information 93 may be acquired.
  • the mobile communication device 601 further includes other wireless communication means having a relatively short communicable distance, such as RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), infrared, bluetooth, etc., and depending on the purchased electronic ticket,
  • RFID Radio Frequency Identification
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or the function restriction information 93 may be acquired by this wireless communication means when entering a facility such as the above.
  • RFID Radio Frequency Identification
  • the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or function restriction information 93 by other wireless communication means, by transmitting the wireless LAN setting information 92 acquired by this wireless communication means to the main control unit 18, Wireless LAN settings can be realized.
  • a QR (Quick Response) code that records wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or function restriction information 93 ( A sheet of paper on which a two-dimensional code such as a registered trademark is printed. Then, from this QR code, the mobile communication device 601 can receive wireless LAN setting information 92 And / or the function restriction information 93 may be acquired. When acquiring the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or the function restriction information 93 from this QR code, the portable communication device 601 further includes a QR code reading unit, and transmits the read information to the main control unit 18. With this, it is possible to obtain wireless LAN settings and function restriction information 93.
  • the mobile communication device 601 may access the website specified when the electronic ticket is purchased, and acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or the function restriction information 93 from the website. .
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 101 obtains an email address from the portable communication device 601 when purchasing the electronic ticket, and the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or function restriction information 93 is attached to the email address as an attached file of the email. Send. Then, the mobile communication device 601 may obtain the wireless LAN setting information 92 and the function restriction information 93 by receiving this mail.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 101 uses the wireless LAN setting information 92 and / or the function restriction included in the electronic ticket.
  • the information 93 may be different information for each screening time.
  • the setting of AP400 provided in this movie theater is also changed so that it differs for each show.
  • the display unit 12 may display an explanation regarding the setting of the wireless LAN. Then, the contents of the explanation message to be displayed may be included in the electronic ticket information 91, transmitted from the electronic ticket issuing device 101, stored in the portable communication device 600, and extracted from the electronic ticket information 91 when displayed. .
  • the description of the LAN setting method can be displayed on the display unit 12, so that the LAN setting can be explained to the user, and the user can easily set the LAN setting.
  • the mobile communication device 601 is configured to display the contents of the purchased electronic ticket on the display unit 12 of the mobile communication device 601. I like it! /
  • the functions of the mobile communication devices 600 and 601 shown in the first and second embodiments are limited after the connection with the AP 400 is established. If you find AP400, you may be able to limit the functions. For example, the function corresponding to AP400a may be prohibited by receiving the beacon from AP400a. If the function is changed by entering the communication range of the AP, the algorithm can be shortened by just doing it.
  • the electronic ticket management unit 81, the information extraction unit 82, the wireless LAN setting unit 83, the function restriction unit 84, and the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 of the portable communication devices 600 and 601 may be configured by hardware logic, It may be realized by software using a CPU as follows.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 ⁇ 101, the connection management server 200, the function restriction management device 300, the relay devices 400a to 400c, and the portable communication devices 600 ⁇ 601 execute instructions of a control program that realizes each function.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ROM read only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • storage device such as memory that stores the program and various data, etc. It has.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide an electronic ticket issuing device 100 ⁇ 101, a connection management server 200, a function restriction management device 300, a central device 400a to 400c, a mobile communication device 600 ⁇ 601 control program program code (executable program, intermediate code program, source program) is recorded in a computer readable recording medium, electronic ticket issuing device 100 ⁇ 101, connection management server 200, function restriction management Device 300, relay device 400a-400c, portable communication device
  • Examples of the recording medium include magnetic tapes such as magnetic tapes and cassette tapes, magnetic disks such as floppy disk Z hard disks, and optical disks such as CD-ROMZMOZ MD / DVD / CD-R. Disk systems, IC cards (including memory cards) Z optical cards and other card systems, or mask ROMZEPROMZEEPROMZ flash ROM and other semiconductor memory systems can be used.
  • the electronic ticket issuing device 100 ⁇ 101, connection management server 200, function restriction management device 300, intermediate devices 400a to 400c, and portable communication devices 600 ⁇ 601 are configured to be connectable to a communication network, and the program The code may be supplied via a communication network.
  • the communication network is not particularly limited.
  • the Internet, intranet, extranet, LAN, ISDN, VAN, CATV communication network, virtual private network, telephone line network, mobile communication A network, a satellite communication network, etc. can be used.
  • the transmission medium constituting the communication network is not particularly limited. For example, even in the case of wired communication such as IEEE1394, USB, power line carrier, cable TV line, telephone line, ADSL line, infrared ray such as IrDA remote control.
  • the present invention can also be realized in the form of a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program code is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • the function management system transmits a communication device and instruction information for controlling at least a part of the functions of the communication device to the communication device. And a relay device that relays communication between the management device and the communication device, wherein the management device is instructed to the relay device.
  • the function of the communication device is controlled based on the instruction information transmitted from the management device.
  • the instruction information is information indicating, for example, the power to stop or restart any function among the functions of the communication device.
  • the function management system according to the present invention is configured such that, in the configuration described above, a plurality of the relay devices are provided, and the management device transmits different instruction information to each of the relay devices. Preferred to be composed ,.
  • the management device since the management device transmits different instruction information to each relay device, the communication device receives different instruction information according to each relay device that has established a connection. Will do. That is, the control state in which the function of the communication device is controlled differs depending on which of the plurality of relay devices establishes the connection.
  • the communication device can receive different instruction information for each place where each of the relay devices is provided, in the function management system according to the present invention, the communication device depends on the location. It is possible to change the state in which the functions of the are controlled.
  • the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
  • the function management system includes, in the above-described configuration, a management storage device that stores the instruction information and the instruction information stored in the management storage device. Selecting means for selecting instruction information to be transmitted to each relay device.
  • the management device since the management device includes the selection unit, the instruction information to be transmitted to the communication device can be selected from the instruction information stored in the management storage device. For this reason, the function management system transmits the instruction information appropriately selected to the communication apparatus that has established a connection with the relay apparatus, so that the communication apparatus has the functions provided in the communication apparatus based on the instruction information. It is possible to control such as stopping or restarting a desired function.
  • the function management system can appropriately control the function of the communication device in accordance with the surrounding situation surrounding the communication device.
  • the function management system further includes input receiving means for receiving selection information indicating instruction information to be selected, which has been input from the outside of the management apparatus, according to the configuration described above.
  • the selection means is accepted by the input acceptance means It is preferable that the instruction information to be selected is changed based on the selection information.
  • the selected instruction information input from the outside is, for example, the instruction information instructed by the user, or the start of the video of the movie to be screened or the time when the sound starts to flow. Depending on the situation, information indicating the change in the situation is included.
  • the management apparatus since the selection means can select the instruction information based on the selected instruction information received from the outside and received by the input reception means, the management apparatus transmits to the relay apparatus.
  • the instruction information to be transmitted can be flexibly changed.
  • the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly change the restrictions on the functions of the communication device from the management device side, so that it can be appropriately selected according to the surrounding conditions surrounding the communication device.
  • the function of the communication device can be controlled.
  • the function management system is preferably configured to change the instruction information to be selected according to the time in accordance with the above-described configuration.
  • the management device can change the instruction information to be transmitted to each relay device according to time, even if the communication device is connected to the same relay device, Different instruction information can be received every time.
  • the restriction system according to the present invention is controlled such as stopping or resuming among the functions of the communication device according to time even when the communication device is in the same place.
  • the function can be changed.
  • the function management system can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the place and time.
  • the management storage device has an instruction information transmission table indicating a correspondence relationship between instruction information and a period during which the instruction information is transmitted in the above-described configuration.
  • the selection means may be configured to select instruction information to be transmitted every predetermined period with reference to the instruction information transmission table.
  • the selection means can select instruction information to be transmitted every predetermined period with reference to the instruction information transmission table. Therefore, in the function management system, the state of the function to be controlled among the functions of the communication device can be changed in a predetermined period.
  • the function management system can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location and the predetermined period.
  • the function management system further includes an electronic ticket issuing device that transmits an electronic ticket including ticket information to the communication device in the configuration described above, and the electronic ticket issuing device includes: It is preferable that the electronic ticket is configured to further include setting information for establishing a connection with the relay device and to transmit the information to the communication device.
  • the function management system can transmit the electronic ticket to be transmitted including setting information in addition to the ticket information to the communication device. For this reason, the communication device can establish a connection with the relay device provided in the facility to be entered by the received electronic ticket. That is, since the communication device possessed by the user who enters the facility can establish a connection with the relay device provided in the facility, the communication device receives instruction information from the management device via the relay device. be able to.
  • the function management system can flexibly limit the functions of the communication device possessed by the visitors who have entered using electronic tickets depending on the location or the predetermined time.
  • the relay device according to the present invention constitutes the above-described function management system.
  • the management device constitutes the above-described function management system.
  • a communication device constitutes the above-described function management system.
  • the communication device includes a first communication unit that communicates with a management device that holds instruction information that controls at least one of the functions of the communication device; Based on the instruction information acquired by the first communication means, a function control means for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device, and a notification for notifying information indicating a status change of the function controlled by the function control means Means.
  • the communication unit in the above-described configuration, it is preferable that the communication unit further includes a second communication unit that performs a different type of communication from the first communication unit.
  • the communication device is communicably connected to the communication network, and among the plurality of relay devices, the communication device establishes a connection with V or one of the relay devices.
  • the relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and includes instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and identification information for identifying the relay device.
  • An instruction information acquisition unit that acquires instruction information from the communication storage device based on the identification information received from the communication storage device and the connection destination relay device that are stored in association with each other, and the instruction acquired by the instruction information acquisition unit It is a structure provided with the function control means which controls the function with which this communication apparatus is provided based on information. According to this, the communication device can perform control such as stopping or restarting the function of the own device according to each relay device of the connection destination. For this reason, the communication device can change the function of the own device to be stopped according to the place where the relay device is provided.
  • the communication device is communicably connected to the communication network, and among the plurality of relay devices, establishes a connection with V or one of the relay devices.
  • a communication storage device storing instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and identification information for identifying the relay device, and a communication storage device received from the connection-destination relay device.
  • Instruction information acquisition means for acquiring instruction information from the communication storage device based on the identification information
  • function control means for controlling functions of the communication device based on the instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition means.
  • wireless communication cannot be established after obtaining the instruction information, all the functions that can be prohibited are prohibited.
  • the communication device is configured to further include notification means for notifying information indicating a change in the state of the function controlled by the function control means in the configuration described above. I prefer that.
  • the communication device includes a notification unit, and thus functions controlled. It is possible to notify the owner of the communication device of the state change.
  • the owner can grasp the functions that can be used in accordance with the change even when the control state of the functions of the communication device is changed.
  • the first communication means for communicating with the relay apparatus and the second communication means for performing a different type of communication from the first communication means are provided. You can be prepared!
  • the function of the communication apparatus is a function of performing communication of a different type from the first communication means, a camera function, and a Z or voice recorder function. It is characterized by being.
  • the function of the communication apparatus includes a function of performing communication of a type different from communication with the relay apparatus, a camera function, and Z or It is a voice recorder function.
  • the communication device has the above-described configuration, and the function that can be prohibited is a function that performs a different type of communication from the communication with the relay device, a camera function, and Z or It features the voice recorder function.
  • the communication device control method is connected to the communication network so as to be communicable, and establishes a connection with any one of the plurality of relay devices, and thus the communication network.
  • the above-described relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and has at least one of the functions of the communication device.
  • the communication device is equipped with instruction information acquisition means for acquiring the instruction information and instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition means.
  • the method comprising a control step of controlling that function.
  • the function management system is configured to include the communication device and a plurality of relay devices that are communicably connected to a communication network.
  • the function management system has the above configuration! An electronic ticket issuing device that transmits an electronic ticket to the communication device, and the electronic ticket issuing device is determined in accordance with the relay device when a connection with the relay device is established. It is preferable that instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions provided in the device is further included in the electronic ticket and transmitted to the communication device.
  • the function management system can transmit the electronic ticket transmitted to the communication device, including the instruction information in addition to the ticket information. For this reason, when establishing a connection with a relay device provided at a facility that is entered by the received electronic ticket, the communication device determines its own device according to the instruction information determined according to the relay device. Controls the functions provided by. That is, when a communication device possessed by a user who enters the facility establishes a connection with a relay device provided in the facility, the communication device controls the functions of the own device according to the relay device that has established the connection.
  • the function management system can flexibly limit the functions of the communication device possessed by the visitors who have entered using the electronic ticket according to the location or the predetermined time.
  • the management device and the communication device may be realized by a computer.
  • the printing device is realized by a computer by causing the computer to operate as each means.
  • a computer-readable recording medium in which the control program is recorded also falls within the scope of the present invention.
  • the function management system according to the present invention can be appropriately and flexibly controlled according to the location, so that the functions of the communication device can be appropriately and flexibly applied. It is suitable as a system for restricting the functions of communication devices such as hospitals, transportation facilities, movie theaters, and concert venues.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

An electronic ticket system comprises a mobile communication device (600), a functional limit management device (300) for transmitting functional limit information (70) to control at least a portion of the functions owned by the mobile communication device (600), to the mobile communication device (600), and a plurality of APs (400a, 400b, 400c) for relaying the communications between the functional limit management device (300) and the mobile communication device (600). The functional limit management device (300) transmits different pieces of instruction information individually to the APs (400a, 400b, 400c). The mobile communication device (600) receives, in case it establishes its connection with anyone of the APs (400a, 400b, 400c), the functional limit information (70) transmitted from the functional limit management device (300). As a result, the ticket issuing side softly controls the functions of the mobile communication device, as stored with electronic tickets, on the user side.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
機能管理システム、管理装置、中継装置、通信装置、通信装置の制御方 法、通信装置の制御プログラムおよびそれを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能 な記録媒体  Function management system, management device, relay device, communication device, control method for communication device, control program for communication device, and computer-readable recording medium storing the control program
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、携帯電話などの多機能な通信装置が有する機能を制限する機能管理 システム、管理装置、中継装置、通信装置、通信装置の制御方法、通信装置の制御 プログラムおよびそれを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体に関するもの である。  [0001] The present invention relates to a function management system, a management device, a relay device, a communication device, a communication device control method, a communication device control program, and a recording method for restricting the functions of a multifunction communication device such as a mobile phone It relates to a computer-readable recording medium.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 現在、 FeliCa (登録商標)搭載の携帯電話機等のように、非接触 ICを搭載した携帯 通信装置が発表されている。そして、このような非接触 ICを搭載した携帯通信装置を 用いた電子チケットシステムとして、電車の切符を電子チケットとし、自動券売機また は公衆回線網を通じて携帯電話機に搭載された非接触 ICに書き込み、その非接触 I じと自動改札機とのデータ通信によって電子チケットを確認し、自動改札機のゲート を開くようにしたものが提案されている(特許文献 1:特開 2002— 92671号公報 (公 開日:平成 14年 3月 29日))。  [0002] Currently, mobile communication devices equipped with non-contact ICs such as mobile phones equipped with FeliCa (registered trademark) have been announced. Then, as an electronic ticket system using a portable communication device equipped with such a contactless IC, a train ticket is used as an electronic ticket and is written to a contactless IC mounted on a mobile phone through an automatic ticket vending machine or a public line network. An electronic ticket is confirmed by data communication between the non-contact I and the automatic ticket gate, and the gate of the automatic ticket gate is opened (Patent Document 1: JP 2002-92671 A). Public date: March 29, 2002)).
[0003] また、非接触 ICを搭載した携帯通信装置を用いたゲートシステムとして、ゲートを通 過したことを携帯通信装置が認識したときに、公衆回線網との接続を行うための無線 部への電力供給を停止し、電車内や病院内等のように他人に迷惑が力かるような場 所において、電話機能やメール機能を停止させるようにしたものが提案されている( 特許文献 2 :特開平 10— 191454号公報 (公開日:平成 10 (1998)年 7月 21日))。  [0003] In addition, as a gate system using a portable communication device equipped with a non-contact IC, when the portable communication device recognizes that the gate has been passed, to a radio unit for connecting to the public network Has been proposed in which the telephone function and mail function are stopped in places where the inconvenience to other people, such as in trains and hospitals, is stopped (Patent Document 2: JP 10-191454 A (publication date: July 21, 1998)).
[0004] 近年、携帯電話機の電波による医療機器への影響や、周囲の人に対する騒音が 問題となっており、さらにカメラ付き携帯電話機による映画館やコンサート会場での盗 撮や盗聴なども問題となっている。しかし、現状では、所有者が自主的に携帯電話機 などの電源を切るしか対処の方法がなぐ実際には、あまりマナーが守られていない [0005] 上述したゲートシステム (特許文献 2)によれば、管理者側で電話機能やメール機能 を停止させることができるため、携帯電話機の電波による医療機器への影響、周囲の 人に対する騒音問題を解決することができる。しかしながら、カメラ付き携帯電話機に よる映画館やコンサート会場での盗撮や盗聴の問題を解決することはできな 、。また 、ゲート内では常に電話機能やメール機能が停止されるため、例えば、コンサート会 場内で待ち合わせする場合や迷子になった場合に連絡を取ることができないといつ た問題点があった。 [0004] In recent years, the effects of radio waves from mobile phones on medical devices and noise around people have become problems, and there are also problems such as voyeurism and eavesdropping at movie theaters and concert venues using mobile phones with cameras. It has become. However, in the current situation, the manners can only be dealt with if the owner voluntarily turns off the power of the mobile phone etc. [0005] According to the gate system described above (Patent Document 2), the telephone function and mail function can be stopped on the administrator side. Can be solved. However, we cannot solve the problem of voyeurism and eavesdropping in movie theaters and concert venues using mobile phones with cameras. In addition, since the telephone function and mail function are always stopped in the gate, there has been a problem when it is impossible to contact, for example, when waiting in a concert hall or getting lost.
[0006] 以上のように、携帯電話機等にかかる医療機器への影響、周囲の人に対する騒音 、映画館やコンサート会場での盗撮や盗聴などの問題を、使い勝手の低下を抑制し つつ解決することが求められて 、た。  [0006] As described above, problems such as the influence on mobile phones and other medical devices, noise to surrounding people, voyeurism and eavesdropping at movie theaters and concert venues, and the like, are solved while suppressing a decrease in usability. Sought after.
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
[0007] 本発明は、上記の問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、場所に応じて 通信装置が有する機能を柔軟に制御することができる機能管理システム、管理装置 、中継装置、通信装置、通信装置の制御方法、通信装置の制御プログラムおよびそ れを記録したコンピュータが読取り可能な記録媒体を実現することにある。  [0007] The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a function management system, a management apparatus, and a relay apparatus that can flexibly control the functions of a communication apparatus depending on the location. Another object of the present invention is to realize a communication apparatus, a communication apparatus control method, a communication apparatus control program, and a computer-readable recording medium on which the communication apparatus is recorded.
[0008] 上記の目的を達成するために、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、通信装置と、上 記通信装置が有する機能のうち少なくとも一部の機能を制御させる指示情報を、上 記通信装置に送信する管理装置と、上記管理装置と通信可能に接続されており、該 管理装置と上記通信装置との通信を中継する中継装置とを備えたシステムであって 、上記管理装置が、上記中継装置に対して指示情報を送信しており、上記通信装置 が上記中継装置と接続を確立した場合、上記管理装置から送信される指示情報に 基づき、当該通信装置が備える機能を制御することを特徴としている。  In order to achieve the above object, a function management system according to the present invention provides a communication device and instruction information for controlling at least a part of functions included in the communication device. A management device that is communicably connected to the management device and includes a relay device that relays communication between the management device and the communication device. When the instruction information is transmitted to the device and the communication device establishes a connection with the relay device, the function of the communication device is controlled based on the instruction information transmitted from the management device. It is said.
[0009] なお、上記指示情報とは、例えば、通信装置が有する機能のうちいずれの機能に ついて停止もしくは再開させる力など指示する情報である。  [0009] Note that the instruction information is, for example, information for instructing, for example, the ability to stop or restart any function among the functions of the communication device.
[0010] 上記の構成によれば、管理装置は、中継装置に対して指示情報を送信するため、 中継装置と接続可能な範囲にある通信装置は、この指示情報を受信することになる 。すなわち、中継装置と接続が可能な範囲にある通信装置全てが、管理装置から送 信される指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が有する少なくとも 1つ以上の機能が制 御されることとなる。なお、この制御とは、例えば、通信装置が有する機能のうち、少 なくともいずれ力 1つを停止、再開させることが含まれる。 [0010] According to the above configuration, since the management device transmits instruction information to the relay device, a communication device within a range that can be connected to the relay device receives the instruction information. In other words, all communication devices within the range that can be connected to the relay device are controlled by at least one function of the communication device based on the instruction information transmitted from the management device. It will be controlled. Note that this control includes, for example, stopping and restarting at least one of the functions of the communication device.
[0011] このため、本発明に係る機能管理システムでは、通信装置が有する機能を制限さ せたい場所に上記中継装置を設けることで、上記通信装置が有する機能を適切に 制限することができる。 [0011] For this reason, in the function management system according to the present invention, by providing the relay device at a place where the function of the communication device is desired to be restricted, the function of the communication device can be appropriately restricted.
[0012] したがって、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、場所に応じて通信装置が有する機 能を柔軟に制御することができる。  Therefore, the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
[0013] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記の目的を達成するために、当該通信装置が 有する機能の少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報を保持する管理装置と通信を行う 第 1通信手段と、上記第 1通信手段によって取得した指示情報に基づき、当該通信 装置が有する機能の少なくとも 1つを制御する機能制御手段と、上記機能制御手段 によって制御された機能の状態変化を示す情報を通知する通知手段とを備えること を特徴としている。  [0013] Further, in order to achieve the above object, the communication device according to the present invention communicates with a management device that holds instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device. And, based on the instruction information acquired by the first communication means, a function control means for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device, and information indicating a status change of the function controlled by the function control means It is characterized by providing a notification means.
[0014] 上記構成によると、上記通信装置は、通知手段を備えているため制御された機能 の状態変化を通信装置の所有者に知らせることができる。  [0014] According to the above configuration, since the communication device includes the notification unit, the communication device owner can be notified of a change in the state of the controlled function.
[0015] したがって、上記所有者は、通信装置が有する機能の制御の状態が変更された場 合であっても、変更に伴って使用できる機能について把握することができる。  [0015] Therefore, the owner can grasp the functions that can be used in accordance with the change even when the control state of the functions of the communication device is changed.
[0016] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記の目的を達成するために、通信ネットワーク と通信可能に接続されている複数の中継装置のうち、いずれかの中継装置と接続を 確立する通信装置であって、上記中継装置は、自身を特定する識別情報を送信して おり、当該通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、上記 中継装置を識別する識別情報とを互いに対応づけて記憶する通信記憶装置と、接 続先の中継装置から受信した識別情報に基づき、上記通信記憶装置から指示情報 を取得する指示情報取得手段と、上記指示情報取得手段によって取得された指示 情報に基づき、当該通信装置が備える機能を制御する機能制御手段とを備えること を特徴としている。  [0016] Further, in order to achieve the above object, the communication device according to the present invention establishes a connection with any one of a plurality of relay devices communicably connected to a communication network. The relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and includes instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and identification information for identifying the relay device. Based on the identification information received from the communication storage device that is stored in association with each other and the relay device that is the connection destination, the instruction information acquisition unit that acquires the instruction information from the communication storage device, and the instruction information acquisition unit And a function control means for controlling the function of the communication device based on the instruction information.
[0017] 上記構成によれば、上記通信装置では、通信記憶装置に中継装置を識別する識 別情報と指示情報とを対応づけて記憶している。このため、上記指示情報取得手段 は、接続先の中継装置力 受信した当該中継装置を特定する識別情報に対応する 指示情報を上記通信記憶装置から取得することができる。また、機能制限手段を備 えているため、上記取得した指示情報に基づき、通信装置が有する機能を制御する ことができる。 [0017] According to the above configuration, in the communication device, identification information for identifying the relay device and instruction information are stored in the communication storage device in association with each other. Therefore, the instruction information acquisition means Can obtain from the communication storage device the instruction information corresponding to the received identification information identifying the relay device. In addition, since the function restricting means is provided, the function of the communication device can be controlled based on the acquired instruction information.
[0018] したがって、上記通信装置は、接続先の中継装置ごとに応じて、自装置が備える機 能を停止または再開させるなど、該機能が制御される状態を変更することができる。  [0018] Therefore, the communication device can change the state in which the function is controlled, such as stopping or restarting the function of the own device, depending on the connection destination relay device.
[0019] このため、上記通信装置は、上記中継装置が設けられている場所に応じて、自装 置の機能が制御される状態を変更することができる。  [0019] Therefore, the communication device can change the state in which the function of the device itself is controlled according to the location where the relay device is provided.
[0020] よって、通信装置は、場所に応じて通信装置が有する機能を柔軟に制御することが できる。  [0020] Therefore, the communication device can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
[0021] また、本発明に係る通信装置の制御方法は、上記の目的を達成するために、通信 ネットワークと通信可能に接続されて 、る複数の中継装置のうち 、ずれかと接続を確 立して上記通信ネットワークを通じて他の通信装置と通信可能となる通信装置の制 御方法であって、上記中継装置は、自身を特定する識別情報を送信しており、当該 通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、接続先の中継 装置を識別する識別情報とを互いに対応づけて記憶する記憶ステップと、接続先の 中継装置から識別情報を受信する識別情報受信ステップと、識別情報受信ステップ にお!、て受信した識別情報に基づき、上記指示情報を取得する指示情報取得手段 と、上記指示情報取得手段によって取得された指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が 備える機能を制御する制御ステップとを含むことを特徴としている。  [0021] Further, in order to achieve the above object, the communication device control method according to the present invention establishes a connection between a plurality of relay devices that are communicably connected to a communication network. The communication device control method enables communication with another communication device through the communication network, wherein the relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and includes at least one of the functions of the communication device. A storage step for storing instruction information for controlling one and identification information for identifying a connection destination relay device in association with each other, an identification information reception step for receiving identification information from the connection destination relay device, and an identification information Based on the identification information received in the receiving step, the instruction information acquisition means for acquiring the instruction information and the instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition means It is characterized by a control step of controlling the function of the communication apparatus.
[0022] したがって、上記通信装置の制御方法は、接続先の中継装置ごとに応じて、自装 置が備える機能を停止または再開するなど制御する状態を変更することができる。  [0022] Therefore, the control method of the communication device can change the control state such as stopping or restarting the function of the own device according to each connection destination relay device.
[0023] このため、上記通信装置の制御方法は、上記中継装置が設けられている場所に応 じて、自装置の機能が制御される状態を変更することができる。  [0023] For this reason, the control method of the communication apparatus can change the state in which the function of the own apparatus is controlled according to the place where the relay apparatus is provided.
[0024] よって、本発明に係る通信装置の制御方法は、場所に応じて通信装置が有する機 能を柔軟に制御することができる。  Therefore, the communication device control method according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
[0025] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記の目的を達成するために、上記通 信装置と、通信ネットワークと通信可能に接続されている複数の中継装置とを備えて 、ることを特徴として 、る。 [0025] Further, in order to achieve the above object, a function management system according to the present invention includes the communication device and a plurality of relay devices that are communicably connected to a communication network. It is characterized by that.
[0026] よって、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、場所に応じて通信装置が有する機能を 柔軟に制御することができる。  Therefore, the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
[0027] 本発明のさらに他の目的、特徴、および優れた点は、以下に示す記載によって十 分に理解されるであろう。また、本発明の利益は、添付図面を参照した次の説明で明 白になるであろう。 [0027] Still other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will be fully understood from the following description. The benefits of the present invention will become apparent from the following description with reference to the accompanying drawings.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0028] [図 1]図 2に示した携帯通信装置の主制御部の機能制限に関わる詳細を示す機能ブ ロック図である。  [0028] FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram showing details relating to function restriction of a main control unit of the mobile communication device shown in FIG.
[図 2]本発明の一実施の形態である電子チケットシステムの概略構成を示す説明図 である。  FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of an electronic ticket system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 3]本発明の一実施の形態である電子チケットシステムを構成する携帯通信装置の 構成を示すブロック図である。  FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a portable communication device that constitutes an electronic ticket system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 4]電子チケットに含まれる情報の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of information included in an electronic ticket.
[図 5]機能制限情報として機能制限管理装置力 送信されるデータの一例を示す説 明図である。  FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as function restriction information by the function restriction management device.
[図 6]機能制限情報として機能制限管理装置力 送信されるデータの一例を示す説 明図である。  FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as a function restriction management function as function restriction information.
[図 7]機能制限情報として機能制限管理装置力 送信されるデータの一例を示す説 明図である。  FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as function restriction information by the function restriction management device.
[図 8]機能制限情報として機能制限管理装置力 送信されるデータの一例を示す説 明図である。  FIG. 8 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted as function restriction information by the function restriction management device.
[図 9]本発明の一実施の形態である電子チケットシステムを構成する携帯通信装置が 備える各種機能の停止または再開処理を説明するフローチャートである。  FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a process for stopping or restarting various functions included in the mobile communication device that constitutes the electronic ticket system according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 10]本発明の別の実施形態に係る電子発券システムの概略構成の一例を示す図 である。  FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an electronic ticketing system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 11]電子チケットに含まれる情報の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of information included in an electronic ticket.
[図 12]機能制限情報に含まれる情報の一例を示す図である。 [図 13]本発明の別の実施の形態である電子チケットシステムを構成する携帯通信装 置のハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of information included in function restriction information. FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of a mobile communication device constituting an electronic ticket system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 14]図 13に示した携帯通信装置の主制御部の機能制限に関わる詳細を示す機 能ブロック図である。  FIG. 14 is a functional block diagram showing details relating to function restriction of the main control unit of the mobile communication device shown in FIG. 13.
[図 15]本発明の別の実施の形態である電子チケットシステムを構成する携帯通信装 置が備える各種機能の停止または再開処理を説明するフローチャートである。  FIG. 15 is a flowchart illustrating a process for stopping or resuming various functions included in a mobile communication device that constitutes an electronic ticket system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
[図 16]本発明の一実施の形態である電子チケットシステムを構成する機能制限管理 装置の構成を示すブロック図である。  FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a function restriction management device constituting the electronic ticket system according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 17]本発明の一実施の形態である電子チケットシステムを構成する機能制限管理 装置が保持する機能制限情報管理テーブルの一例を示す図である。  FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of a function restriction information management table held by the function restriction management device constituting the electronic ticket system according to the embodiment of the present invention.
[図 18]本発明の別の実施の形態である電子チケットシステムを構成する携帯通信装 置が備える各種機能の停止または再開処理の別の一例を説明するフローチャートで ある。  FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating another example of a process for stopping or resuming various functions included in a mobile communication device that constitutes an electronic ticket system according to another embodiment of the present invention.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0029] 本発明の一実施の形態について図 1から図 5ならびに図 16および図 17に基づい て説明すれば、以下のとおりである。  [0029] One embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to Figs. 1 to 5, 16 and 17.
[0030] 図 2は、本発明の一実施の形態である電子チケットシステム (機能管理システム) 50 0の構成を示す説明図である。  FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration of an electronic ticket system (function management system) 500 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[0031] 図 2に示すように、電子チケットシステム 500は、携帯通信装置 (通信装置) 600、電 子チケット発券装置 100、接続管理サーバ 200、機能制限管理装置 (管理装置) 30 0、無線 LANアクセスポイント(access point;AP) (中継装置) 400a〜400cを備えて 構成されている。なお、上記 AP400a〜400cを特に区別して説明する必要がある場 合以外は、 AP400と称する。  [0031] As shown in FIG. 2, the electronic ticket system 500 includes a portable communication device (communication device) 600, an electronic ticket issuing device 100, a connection management server 200, a function restriction management device (management device) 300, a wireless LAN. Access point (AP) (relay device) It is configured with 400a to 400c. Note that AP400a to 400c will be referred to as AP400 unless there is a need to particularly distinguish them.
[0032] 電子チケット発券装置 100と接続管理サーバ 200とは、 LAN501を介して接続さ れている。また、機能制限管理装置 (管理装置) 300と接続管理サーバ 200とも、 LA N501を介して接続されている。電子チケット発券装置 100と基地局 511とは、接続 管理サーバ 200を介して、インターネット網 513および電話回線網 512を通じて基地 局 511と通信可能となっている。そして、携帯通信装置 600と電子チケット発券装置 1 00とは、この基地局 511を介して通信可能となって!/、る。 The electronic ticket issuing device 100 and the connection management server 200 are connected via a LAN 501. The function restriction management device (management device) 300 and the connection management server 200 are also connected via the LAN 501. The electronic ticket issuing device 100 and the base station 511 can communicate with the base station 511 via the connection management server 200 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512. And portable communication device 600 and electronic ticket issuing device 1 00 can communicate via this base station 511! /.
[0033] つまり、この電子チケットシステム 500では、電子チケット発券装置 100が電子チケ ットを発行する。携帯通信装置 600が電子チケット発券装置 100で発行された電子 チケットを受信する。また、携帯通信装置 600と機能制限管理装置 300とは、該携帯 通信装置 600が後述する無線 LANの設定を行い、 AP400の電波が届く範囲にある 場合、この AP400を介して、無線により通信可能となる。  That is, in this electronic ticket system 500, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 issues an electronic ticket. The mobile communication device 600 receives the electronic ticket issued by the electronic ticket issuing device 100. In addition, the portable communication device 600 and the function restriction management device 300 can perform wireless communication via the AP 400 when the portable communication device 600 is set in the wireless LAN described later and the AP 400 is within the reach of radio waves. It becomes.
[0034] すなわち、携帯通信装置 600は、 AP400からの電波が届く範囲で機能制限管理 装置 300と、この AP400を介して通信を行うことができる。いうなれば、機能制限管 理装置 300との通信は、 AP400が設けられている、限られたエリアに上記携帯通信 装置 600があることで実現できる。  That is, portable communication device 600 can communicate with function restriction management device 300 via AP 400 within a range where radio waves from AP 400 can reach. In other words, communication with the function restriction management device 300 can be realized by having the portable communication device 600 in a limited area where the AP 400 is provided.
[0035] なお、上記電子チケット発券装置 100は、電子チケットを購入した際に携帯通信装 置 600の電話番号やメールアドレス、機器 ID等の該携帯通信装置 600を特定する 情報が記憶される。そして、この記憶された情報は、該携帯通信装置 600が購入した 電子チケットの内容と関連づけられて記憶されている。  Note that the electronic ticket issuing device 100 stores information for specifying the mobile communication device 600 such as a telephone number, an e-mail address, and a device ID of the mobile communication device 600 when the electronic ticket is purchased. The stored information is stored in association with the contents of the electronic ticket purchased by the mobile communication device 600.
[0036] このように、電子チケット発券装置 100が携帯通信装置 600を特定する情報を記憶 することによって、電子チケットの販売先である携帯通信装置 600を確認することが できる。また、予定されていた公演が順延になるなど電子チケットの内容に変更が生 じた場合、電子チケット発券装置 100は、この電話番号やメールアドレスを用いて、 電子チケットを購入した携帯通信装置 600と接続し、電子チケットの情報を変更する ことができる。  [0036] As described above, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 stores the information specifying the mobile communication device 600, whereby the mobile communication device 600 that is the electronic ticket sales destination can be confirmed. In addition, if there is a change in the contents of the electronic ticket, such as the scheduled performance being postponed, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 uses the phone number or email address to obtain the mobile communication device 600 that purchased the electronic ticket. You can change the information of electronic tickets.
[0037] このように、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 500では、電子チケット発券 装置 100が、ユーザが利用する施設に備えられて!/ヽる AP400と接続を確立するため に必要な無線 LANの設定情報 (無線 LAN設定情報 92)を含む電子チケットを発行 する。一方、電子チケットの発行を受けた後、上記携帯通信装置 600は、上記無線 L AN設定情報 92に基づいて、無線による AP400との接続を確立し、接続管理サー ノ 200を介して通信が行われるようになる。また、上記携帯通信装置 600は、上記し た無線 LANの設定が行われた後、機能制限管理装置 300からの送信される機能制 限情報 (指示情報) 70に応じて、上記基地局 511との接続が行えないように設定され る。 [0037] As described above, in the electronic ticket system 500 according to the present embodiment, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 is provided in the facility used by the user! Issue an electronic ticket that includes LAN setting information (wireless LAN setting information 92). On the other hand, after receiving the issuance of the electronic ticket, the portable communication device 600 establishes a wireless connection with the AP 400 based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 and performs communication via the connection management server 200. Will come to be. In addition, the mobile communication device 600 is connected to the base station 511 according to the function restriction information (instruction information) 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 after the wireless LAN setting is performed. Is set so that it cannot be connected. The
[0038] このため、上記無線 LANの設定を行った後、上記携帯通信装置 600は、 AP400 を介して行われる無線通信のみが可能となる。  [0038] For this reason, after setting the wireless LAN, the mobile communication device 600 can only perform wireless communication performed via the AP 400.
[0039] なお、携帯通信装置 600としては、例えば、携帯電話機、カメラ付き携帯電話機、 ボイスレコーダ付き携帯電話機などが利用できる。 Note that as the mobile communication device 600, for example, a mobile phone, a mobile phone with a camera, a mobile phone with a voice recorder, or the like can be used.
[0040] 接続管理サーバ 200は、チケット発券装置 100とインターネット網 513との接続、ま たは機能制限管理装置 302と AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれとの接続、 AP400a〜 AP400cそれぞれとインターネット網 513との接続などを管理する。なお、 AP400a 〜AP400cそれぞれとインターネット網 513との接続は、機能制限管理装置 300の 指示に応じて接続管理サーバ 200が制御する。  [0040] The connection management server 200 is connected to the ticket issuing device 100 and the Internet network 513, or connected to the function restriction management device 302 and each of AP400a to AP400c, or connected to each of AP400a to AP400c and the Internet network 513. Manage. The connection management server 200 controls the connection between each of the AP 400a to AP 400c and the Internet network 513 in accordance with an instruction from the function restriction management device 300.
[0041] 機能制限管理装置 300は、 AP400と接続を確立している携帯通信装置 600に対 して、該携帯通信装置 600が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つの機能を停止させるよう に指示 (制限)する情報 (機能制限情報 70)を含むパケットを生成する。そしてこの機 能制限情報 70を含むパケットを、 AP400を介して携帯通信装置 600に送信する。ま た、携帯通信装置 600は、受信した機能制限情報 70に基づき、自装置が有する機 能のうち少なくとも 1つの機能を停止させる。なお、この機能制限管理装置 300は、携 帯通信装置 600が例えば施設の入り口に備えられた AP400との接続を確立すること を確認したら、少なくとも基地局 501を介して行われる通信機能に関して停止するよう に指示する、機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを携帯通信装置 600に対して送信する  [0041] The function restriction management device 300 instructs (restricts) the portable communication device 600 that has established a connection with the AP 400 to stop at least one of the functions of the portable communication device 600. Packet that contains information (function restriction information 70) to be generated. Then, the packet including the function restriction information 70 is transmitted to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400. In addition, mobile communication device 600 stops at least one of the functions of the device itself based on received function restriction information 70. The function restriction management device 300 stops at least the communication function performed via the base station 501 after confirming that the mobile communication device 600 establishes a connection with the AP 400 provided at the entrance of the facility, for example. A packet including function restriction information 70 is transmitted to portable communication device 600.
[0042] (機能制限管理装置の構成) [0042] (Configuration of Function Restriction Management Device)
ここで、図 16および図 17に基づいて機能制限管理装置 300の概略構成について 説明する。図 16は、本実施の形態に係る機能制限管理装置 300の概略構成を示す ブロック図である。  Here, a schematic configuration of the function restriction management device 300 will be described based on FIG. 16 and FIG. FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of function restriction management apparatus 300 according to the present embodiment.
[0043] 図 16に示すように、機能制限管理装置 300は、出力制御部 60、入力指示部 (入力 受付手段) 61、選択制御部 (選択手段) 62、計時装置 63、および記憶部 (管理記憶 装置) 64を備え、構成される。そして、記憶部 64は、機能制限情報 70および機能制 限情報管理テーブル 71を含んで ヽる。 [0044] 入力指示部 61は、ユーザなど外部力もの機能制限情報 70の送信指示を受け付け るものであり、例えばユーザから、機能制限情報 70の送信指示を受信すると、この指 示を選択制御部 62に通知する。また、上記選択制御部 62は、記憶部 64から機能制 限情報 70の中から機能制限情報 70を選択し取得するものであり、選択制御部 62は 、取得した機能制限情報 70を出力制御部に送信する。なお、選択制御部 62は、こ の機能制限情報 70の選択を、入力指示部 61から送信された例えばユーザの指示に 応じて行ってもよいし、計時装置 63によって提供される時間情報と機能制限情報管 理テーブル 71とに基づき、所望される機能制限情報 70を記憶部 64から選択しても よい。 As shown in FIG. 16, the function restriction management device 300 includes an output control unit 60, an input instruction unit (input reception unit) 61, a selection control unit (selection unit) 62, a timing device 63, and a storage unit (management Storage device) 64 and configured. The storage unit 64 includes function restriction information 70 and a function restriction information management table 71. [0044] The input instruction unit 61 receives a transmission instruction of the function restriction information 70 such as a user from an external force. For example, when receiving a transmission instruction of the function restriction information 70 from the user, the input instruction unit 61 receives the instruction. Notify 62. The selection control unit 62 selects and acquires the function restriction information 70 from the function restriction information 70 from the storage unit 64. The selection control unit 62 outputs the acquired function restriction information 70 to the output control unit. Send to. The selection control unit 62 may select the function restriction information 70 in accordance with, for example, a user instruction transmitted from the input instruction unit 61, or the time information and function provided by the timing device 63. Based on the restriction information management table 71, desired function restriction information 70 may be selected from the storage unit 64.
[0045] 記憶部 64に含まれる機能制限管理テーブル 71は、機能制限管理装置 300から携 帯通信装置 600に送信される機能制限情報 70と、当該機能制限情報 70を送信する タイミング (期間)との対応関係を示すものである。具体的には、例えば、図 17に示す ように、機能制限管理装置 300から機能制限情報 70が送信される期間と、この期間 において送信される機能制限情報 70についての対応関係が記録される。なお、図 1 7に示す機能制限情報管理テーブル 71のデータ構造は一例であって、機能制限情 報の送信時間と送信される機能制限情報との格納形式はそれに限定されない。  [0045] The function restriction management table 71 included in the storage unit 64 includes the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 to the mobile communication device 600, and the timing (period) at which the function restriction information 70 is transmitted. This shows the correspondence relationship. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 17, a period in which the function restriction information 70 is transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 and a correspondence relationship between the function restriction information 70 transmitted in this period are recorded. Note that the data structure of the function restriction information management table 71 shown in FIG. 17 is an example, and the storage format of the function restriction information transmission time and the function restriction information to be transmitted is not limited thereto.
[0046] また、図 16は、機能制限管理装置 300におけるハードウェア構成を示しているが、 出力制御部 60、入力指示部 61、および選択制御部 62はソフトウェアによって実現さ れていてもよい。これら各部がソフトウエアによって実現される場合、不図示の CPUが 、不図示の ROM(Read only memory)などからプログラムを、 RAM(Random access m emory)などに読み出し実行することで実現できる。  FIG. 16 shows the hardware configuration of the function restriction management device 300, but the output control unit 60, the input instruction unit 61, and the selection control unit 62 may be realized by software. When these units are realized by software, a CPU (not shown) can be realized by reading a program from a ROM (Read only memory) or the like (not shown) into a RAM (Random access memory) or the like and executing it.
[0047] (携帯通信装置のハードウェア構成)  [0047] (Hardware configuration of portable communication device)
次に、図 3を参照して携帯通信装置 600のハードウェア構成を説明する。なお、こ の図 3は、電子チケットシステム 500を構成する携帯通信装置 600のハードウェア構 成を示すブロック図である。  Next, the hardware configuration of the mobile communication device 600 will be described with reference to FIG. Note that FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of the portable communication device 600 constituting the electronic ticket system 500.
[0048] 図 3に示すように、携帯通信装置 600は、第 1アンテナ 1、無線部 (第 2通信手段) 2 、通信制御部 3、信号処理部 4、スピーカ 5、マイク 6、撮像部 7、発光部 8、画像処理 部 9、第 1メモリ(通信記憶装置) 10、表示ドライバ 11、表示部 12、第 2メモリ(通信記 憶装置) 13、操作部 14、第 2アンテナ 15、無線 LAN制御部 (第 1通信手段) 17、主 制御部 18を備えて構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the mobile communication device 600 includes a first antenna 1, a radio unit (second communication means) 2, a communication control unit 3, a signal processing unit 4, a speaker 5, a microphone 6, and an imaging unit 7. , Light-emitting unit 8, image processing unit 9, first memory (communication storage device) 10, display driver 11, display unit 12, second memory (communication memory) Storage device) 13, operation unit 14, second antenna 15, wireless LAN control unit (first communication means) 17, and main control unit 18.
[0049] ここで、第 1メモリ 10は、ノ ッファ的な役割を果たすものであり、第 2メモリ 13は、フラ ッシュメモリのように恒久的にデータを蓄積する役割を果たすものである。なお、携帯 通信装置 600の記憶装置 (通信記憶装置)である第 1メモリ 10および第 2メモリ 13は 、携帯通信装置 600の仕様に応じて構成を適宜変更可能であり、例えば、一体とし て設けてもよい。 [0049] Here, the first memory 10 plays a role as a noffer, and the second memory 13 plays a role of storing data permanently like a flash memory. The configuration of the first memory 10 and the second memory 13 that are storage devices (communication storage devices) of the mobile communication device 600 can be appropriately changed according to the specifications of the mobile communication device 600, for example, provided as an integral unit. May be.
[0050] そして、このように構成された携帯通信装置 600は、以下のように、通話機能、ボイ スレコード機能、メール機能、カメラ機能などを有している。  [0050] The portable communication device 600 configured as described above has a call function, a voice record function, a mail function, a camera function, and the like as described below.
[0051] まず、携帯通信装置 600では、通信制御部 3による送受信制御のもとに、無線部 2 が第 1アンテナ 1を介して基地局 511との信号の送受信を行い、信号処理部 4が無線 部 2で送受信される信号に所定の信号処理を施す。これによつて、基地局 511を介し て相手側装置カゝら送信されてくる音声をスピーカ 5から出力したり、マイク 6から入力さ れる音声を、基地局 511を介して相手側装置に送信したりするようになつている。す なわち、いわゆる通話機能が実現されている。  [0051] First, in the mobile communication device 600, under the transmission / reception control by the communication control unit 3, the radio unit 2 transmits / receives a signal to / from the base station 511 via the first antenna 1, and the signal processing unit 4 Predetermined signal processing is performed on signals transmitted and received by the radio unit 2. As a result, the sound transmitted from the partner device via the base station 511 is output from the speaker 5 or the sound input from the microphone 6 is transmitted to the partner device via the base station 511. I'm starting to do it. In other words, a so-called call function is realized.
[0052] また、電子チケットが発券された以後では、携帯通信装置 600が行う通信は、 AP4 00を介して行われるようになるため、上記した通話機能は以下のようにして実現され る。  [0052] Further, after the electronic ticket is issued, the communication performed by the mobile communication device 600 is performed via the AP 400, and thus the above-described call function is realized as follows.
[0053] すなわち、携帯通信装置 600では、無線 LAN制御部 17が第 2アンテナ 15を介し て、 AP400との接続を確立し、接続管理サーバ 200を介して、インターネット網 513 および電話回線網 512を通じて基地局 511との信号の送受信を行う。また、主制御 部 18の指示の下に、信号処理部 4が無線 LAN制御部 17で送受信される信号に所 定の信号処理を施す。このようにして通話機能が実現される。  That is, in the mobile communication device 600, the wireless LAN control unit 17 establishes a connection with the AP 400 through the second antenna 15, and through the connection management server 200 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512. Transmits / receives signals to / from the base station 511. In addition, under the instruction of the main control unit 18, the signal processing unit 4 performs predetermined signal processing on the signals transmitted and received by the wireless LAN control unit 17. In this way, a call function is realized.
[0054] また、携帯通信装置 600では、信号処理部 4によって処理される音声データを、操 作部 14力もの操作指示に基づ 、て第 2メモリ 13に格納することができる。これによつ て、通話機能とは関係なぐマイク 6から入力される音声を音声データに変換して第 2 メモリ 13に格納するようになっている。すなわち、いわゆるボイスレコード機能が実現 されている。 [0055] また、携帯通信装置 600では、信号処理部 4において、音声データのみではなぐ 電子メールや Webページなどのテキストデータや画像データや HTMLデータも同様 に処理できる。そして、これら処理したデータを第 1メモリ 10または第 2メモリ 13に格 納する。このとき、第 1メモリ 10にデータを格納した場合、その格納したデータに基づ V、て表示ドライバ 11が表示用の駆動信号を生成し、表示部 12が画像や文字等を表 示する。これにより、受信メール'受信画像の表示や Webページの閲覧が可能となつ ている。また、逆の手順により、メールや画像の送信を行うことが可能となっている。す なわち、このような動作によって、いわゆるメール機能が実現されている。 [0054] Also, in the mobile communication device 600, the audio data processed by the signal processing unit 4 can be stored in the second memory 13 based on the operation instruction of 14 operation units. As a result, the voice input from the microphone 6, which is not related to the call function, is converted into voice data and stored in the second memory 13. That is, a so-called voice record function is realized. [0055] Further, in the mobile communication device 600, the signal processing unit 4 can similarly process not only audio data but also text data such as an e-mail and a Web page, image data, and HTML data. These processed data are stored in the first memory 10 or the second memory 13. At this time, when data is stored in the first memory 10, the display driver 11 generates a drive signal for display based on the stored data, and the display unit 12 displays images, characters, and the like. This makes it possible to display the received mail 'received image and browse web pages. Further, it is possible to send mail and images by the reverse procedure. In other words, the so-called mail function is realized by such operations.
[0056] また、携帯通信装置 600は、 CCD (charge coupled device)や CMOSによって構成 された撮像部 7および補助光源に用いられる発光部 8を備え、撮像部 7で撮影した画 像を画像処理部 9によって露出'画質などを調整した後、第 1メモリ 10に格納し、上述 と同様にして表示部 12に画像をプレビュー表示するようになっている。また、このプレ ビュー表示の状態で操作部 14を用 、た操作指示に基づ 、て画像を第 2メモリ 13に 格納するようになっている。すなわち、このような動作によって、いわゆるカメラ機能が 実現されている。  [0056] In addition, the mobile communication device 600 includes an imaging unit 7 constituted by a charge coupled device (CCD) or a CMOS, and a light emitting unit 8 used as an auxiliary light source, and an image captured by the imaging unit 7 is image processing unit. After adjusting the exposure's image quality by 9, it is stored in the first memory 10, and the image is previewed on the display unit 12 in the same manner as described above. In addition, the operation unit 14 is used in the preview display state, and an image is stored in the second memory 13 based on an operation instruction. That is, a so-called camera function is realized by such an operation.
[0057] また、携帯通信装置 600は、第 2メモリ 13に、メールデータ'画像データ'音声デー タ 'HTMLデータのほ力 電話帳データやスケジュール等の各種データを記憶する ようになつている。また、操作部 14は、電話番号'文字'記号などの入力や各種機能 の選択 ·起動 ·停止などの指示をユーザが行うことができるようになって!/、る。  [0057] In addition, the mobile communication device 600 is configured to store various data such as mail data, "image data", "voice data", "HTML data", phonebook data, and schedules in the second memory 13. In addition, the operation unit 14 allows a user to input a telephone number “character” symbol, etc., and to select / start / stop various functions!
[0058] また、電子チケットの発券を受けた後、携帯通信装置 600が上記第 2メモリ 13に記 憶されて 、る、メールデータ ·画像データ ·音声データ · HTMLデータ等を他の通話 装置に送信する場合は、以下のようにして上記した各種データの送信が実現される。  [0058] After the electronic ticket is issued, the mobile communication device 600 is stored in the second memory 13, and the mail data, image data, voice data, HTML data, etc. are stored in the other communication device. In the case of transmission, transmission of the various data described above is realized as follows.
[0059] すなわち、上記した通話機能と同様に、上記第 2メモリから上記データが主制御部 18によって読み出され、無線 LAN制御部 17に送信される。そして、無線 LAN制御 部 17が、 AP400との接続を確立し接続管理サーバ 200を介して、インターネット網 5 13および電話回路網 512を通じて基地局 511に上記データを送信する。このように して、上記データの送信が行われる。  That is, the data is read from the second memory by the main control unit 18 and transmitted to the wireless LAN control unit 17 in the same manner as the above-described call function. The wireless LAN control unit 17 establishes a connection with the AP 400 and transmits the data to the base station 511 through the connection management server 200 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone circuit network 512. In this way, the data is transmitted.
[0060] なお、携帯通信装置 600は、中継装置 400を通してのみ通信をするような状態にな つたときに、当該携帯通信装置 600に対する外部からの通信要求は、携帯通信装置 600が現在実行している機能制限情報 70に基づき、機能制限管理装置 300によつ て制限される。たとえば、メール機能が禁止されている場合には、メールデータを機 能制限管理装置 300が携帯通信装置 600に対して送信しない。もしくは、外部から 見て、携帯通信装置 600は、圏外になっているようにみせても良い。さらに、そのメー ルデータを機能制限が解除された後に、機能制限管理装置 300が、そのメールデー タもしくは、メールが到着したと 、う通知のみを携帯通信装置 600に対して送信すると いう構成にしてもよい。上記は、メールの場合を書いた力 電話などの通話でも適用 可能である。この場合は、機能制限管理装置 300が、留守番電話サービスを提供し ても良い。 [0060] Note that the mobile communication device 600 is in a state in which communication is performed only through the relay device 400. At this time, a communication request from the outside to the mobile communication device 600 is restricted by the function restriction management device 300 based on the function restriction information 70 currently being executed by the mobile communication device 600. For example, when the mail function is prohibited, the function restriction management device 300 does not transmit the mail data to the mobile communication device 600. Alternatively, when viewed from the outside, the mobile communication device 600 may appear to be out of range. Further, after the function restriction of the mail data is released, the function restriction management device 300 transmits only the notification to the portable communication device 600 when the mail data or mail arrives. Also good. The above is also applicable to calls such as power calls written in the case of e-mail. In this case, the function restriction management device 300 may provide an answering machine service.
[0061] (携帯通信装置のソフトウエア構成)  [0061] (Software configuration of portable communication device)
つづいて、図 1を参照しながら、携帯通信装置 600における機能制限に関わるソフ トウエア構成について説明する。なお、図 1は、携帯通信装置 600の主制御部 18の 機能制限に関わる詳細を示す機能ブロック図である。また、図 4は、電子チケットに含 まれる情報の一例を示す図である。図 5〜図 8それぞれは、機能制限情報 70として 機能制限管理装置 300から送信されるデータの一例を示す説明図である。  Next, referring to FIG. 1, a software configuration related to function restriction in the mobile communication device 600 will be described. FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram showing details related to the function restriction of the main control unit 18 of the mobile communication device 600. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of information included in the electronic ticket. Each of FIGS. 5 to 8 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of data transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 as the function restriction information 70.
[0062] 電子チケットシステム 500において、携帯通信装置 600は、特に、電子チケット管理 部 81、情報抽出部 82、無線 LAN設定部 (設定手段) 83、機能制限部 (機能制御手 段) 84、情報格納部 90、無線部 2、無線 LAN制御部 17を備えて構成されている。な お、電子チケット管理部 81、情報抽出部 82、無線 LAN設定部 83、無線 LAN機能 制限部 84は、ソフトウェアに基づき主制御部 18に実現される機能である。また、情報 格納部 90は、電子チケット等の情報を格納するメモリであり、第 2メモリ 13に対応する  [0062] In the electronic ticket system 500, the mobile communication device 600 includes, in particular, an electronic ticket management unit 81, an information extraction unit 82, a wireless LAN setting unit (setting means) 83, a function restriction unit (function control means) 84, information The storage unit 90, the wireless unit 2, and the wireless LAN control unit 17 are provided. The electronic ticket management unit 81, the information extraction unit 82, the wireless LAN setting unit 83, and the wireless LAN function restriction unit 84 are functions realized in the main control unit 18 based on software. The information storage unit 90 is a memory for storing information such as an electronic ticket, and corresponds to the second memory 13.
[0063] 電子チケット管理部 81は、電子チケット発券装置 100で発行された電子チケットを 無線部 2から取得して、情報格納部 90に電子チケット情報 91として格納する。また、 電子チケット管理部 81は、電子チケット発券装置 100からの電子チケットの修正指示 を無線部 2から取得して、情報格納部 90に格納されている電子チケット情報 91を修 正する。これにより、例えば、コンサートのプログラムの変更などを修正できる。 [0064] 情報抽出部 82は、情報格納部 90に格納されている電子チケット情報 91に含まれ る無線 LAN設定情報 92を抽出する。また、無線 LAN制御部 17が受信した、機能制 限管理装置 300からの機能制限情報パケットから機能制限情報 70を抽出する。 The electronic ticket management unit 81 acquires the electronic ticket issued by the electronic ticket issuing device 100 from the wireless unit 2, and stores it as the electronic ticket information 91 in the information storage unit 90. In addition, the electronic ticket management unit 81 acquires an electronic ticket correction instruction from the electronic ticket issuing device 100 from the wireless unit 2 and corrects the electronic ticket information 91 stored in the information storage unit 90. Thereby, for example, a change in the program of the concert can be corrected. The information extraction unit 82 extracts the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket information 91 stored in the information storage unit 90. Further, the function restriction information 70 is extracted from the function restriction information packet received from the function restriction management device 300 and received by the wireless LAN control unit 17.
[0065] 無線 LAN設定部 83は、情報抽出部 82によって抽出された無線 LAN設定情報 92 に基づいて、無線 LAN制御部 17の設定を行う。  The wireless LAN setting unit 83 sets the wireless LAN control unit 17 based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 extracted by the information extraction unit 82.
[0066] 機能制限部 84は、情報抽出部 82によって抽出された機能制限情報 70に基づいて 、携帯通信装置 600の機能のうち少なくとも 1つを停止させる。また、無線 LAN設定 部 83によって AP400との接続を確立するように設定が完了すると、機能制限管理装 置 300から送信された機能制限情報 70に応じて、機能制御部 84に、第 1アンテナ 1 を介して外部の他の通信装置との通信が確立しな 、ように制限するように指示する。  The function restriction unit 84 stops at least one of the functions of the mobile communication device 600 based on the function restriction information 70 extracted by the information extraction unit 82. When the wireless LAN setting unit 83 completes the setting to establish a connection with the AP 400, the first antenna 1 is sent to the function control unit 84 according to the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300. Instructs the user to restrict communication with other external communication devices through the.
[0067] また、機能制限部 84は、停止させた機能を、再度機能制限管理装置 300から送信 された機能制限情報 70に基づいて再開させたり、他の機能を停止させたりする。  In addition, the function restriction unit 84 resumes the stopped function again based on the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300, or stops other functions.
[0068] ここで、図 4に示すように、電子チケット情報 91は、ユーザが利用を所望する施設に 入場するためのチケット情報と、該施設に備えられた AP400と通信が可能となる無 線 LAN設定情報 92とを含む。チケット情報としては、例えば、コンサートの名称、会 場名、開催日時が登録されている。また、無線 LAN設定情報 92は、例えばこのコン サート会場内にある AP400と通信可能となるために必要な無線 LANの設定 (例え ば、 SSID (Service Set ID) )、 WEP(Wired Equivalent Privacy)キー、 AP400の MA C (Media Access Control)アドレスなど)に関する情報が含まれる。なお、図 4は電子 チケット情報 91のデータ構造は一例であって、チケット情報と無線 LAN設定情報 92 の格納形式はそれに限定されな 、。  Here, as shown in FIG. 4, the electronic ticket information 91 includes the ticket information for entering the facility that the user desires to use, and the radio that enables communication with the AP 400 provided in the facility. LAN setting information 92 is included. As ticket information, for example, the name of the concert, the venue name, and the date and time of the concert are registered. In addition, the wireless LAN setting information 92 includes, for example, wireless LAN settings (for example, SSID (Service Set ID)) and WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) key necessary to be able to communicate with the AP400 in the concert venue. Information about the AP 400's MAC (Media Access Control) address, etc.). FIG. 4 shows an example of the data structure of the electronic ticket information 91, and the storage format of the ticket information and the wireless LAN setting information 92 is not limited thereto.
[0069] なお、図 4に示す電子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92に基づいて AP40 0との接続を確立させた後、携帯通信装置 600では、基地局 511を介して行われる 通話機能などの各機能が停止されるように指示されているが、カメラ機能、ボイスレコ ード機能など、その他の機能が停止されるように指示することも可能である。  Note that after establishing a connection with AP 400 based on wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket shown in FIG. 4, mobile communication device 600 uses a call function performed via base station 511, etc. Each function is instructed to be stopped, but other functions such as camera function and voice record function can be instructed to be stopped.
[0070] 上記の構成により、携帯通信装置 600は、情報抽出部 82が電子チケット情報 91か ら抽出した無線 LAN設定情報 92に基づ 、て、無線 LAN設定部 83が無線 LANの 設定を行うことができる。また、上記携帯通信装置 600では、無線 LANの設定が行 われると、無線部 2を介して基地局 511との通信を行うことができないように設定され ている。このため、上記したように AP400と無線による接続が確立された後、上記携 帯通信装置 600において実行される通信は、 AP400を介して行われることとなる。ま た、携帯通信装置 600は、この AP400を介して、機能制限管理装置 300から、当該 携帯通信装置 600が有する機能のうちどの機能を停止させるかについて指示するた めの情報である、機能制限情報 70を含むパケットが送信される。 [0070] With the above configuration, in the mobile communication device 600, the wireless LAN setting unit 83 sets the wireless LAN based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 extracted from the electronic ticket information 91 by the information extracting unit 82. be able to. In the portable communication device 600, the wireless LAN is set. Is set so that communication with the base station 511 cannot be performed via the radio unit 2. For this reason, after the wireless connection with the AP 400 is established as described above, the communication executed in the portable communication device 600 is performed via the AP 400. Also, the portable communication device 600 is information for instructing which of the functions of the portable communication device 600 is to be stopped from the function restriction management device 300 via the AP 400. A packet containing information 70 is sent.
[0071] 具体的に、このパケットには、例えば図 5〜図 8に示すような機能制限情報 70が含 まれる。そして携帯通信装置 600は、これら図 5〜図 8に示すような機能制限情報 70 が含まれるパケットを、無線 LAN制御部 17を介して受信すると、情報抽出部 82がこ の機能制限情報 70の内容を抽出する。そして、情報抽出部 82によって抽出された 情報に基づき、機能制限部 84が、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能を停止させる。  Specifically, this packet includes function restriction information 70 as shown in FIGS. 5 to 8, for example. When the mobile communication device 600 receives a packet including the function restriction information 70 as shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 via the wireless LAN control unit 17, the information extraction unit 82 stores the function restriction information 70. Extract the contents. Then, based on the information extracted by the information extraction unit 82, the function restriction unit 84 stops the function provided in the mobile communication device 600.
[0072] 例えば、携帯通信装置 600は、上記したように AP400と無線による接続を確立させ た後、機能制限管理装置 300から、例えば図 5に示す、カメラ機能、メール機能、電 話 (通話)機能、インターネットへの接続機能全てを禁止する機能制限情報 70のパケ ットを受信すると、機能制限部 84がこれら全ての機能を停止するように制御する。ま た、携帯通信装置 600は、例えば図 6に示すような、カメラ機能の撮影のみを許可す る機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを受信すると、携帯通信装置 600がカメラ機能を 有している場合は、カメラ機能のみが使用可能となるように機能制限部 84が制御す る。また、携帯通信装置 600は、例えば図 7に示すような、カメラ機能、メール機能、 電話 (通話機能)、インターネットへの接続機能全てを許可することを示す機能制限 情報 70を含むパケットを受信すると、機能制限部 84がこれらすベての機能が実行で きるように制御する。また、携帯通信装置 600は、図 8に示す機能制限情報 70を含む パケットを受信した場合、機能制限部 84はカメラ機能および電話 (通話機能)の機能 は実行不可となるように停止されるが、メール機能およびインターネットへの接続機能 は実行可となるように制御する。  [0072] For example, the mobile communication device 600 establishes a wireless connection with the AP 400 as described above, and then, from the function restriction management device 300, for example, the camera function, mail function, telephone (call) shown in FIG. When a packet of function restriction information 70 prohibiting all functions and Internet connection functions is received, the function restriction unit 84 controls to stop all these functions. In addition, when the mobile communication device 600 has a camera function when it receives a packet including function restriction information 70 that permits only camera function shooting, for example, as shown in FIG. Is controlled by the function limiting unit 84 so that only the camera function can be used. Further, for example, when the mobile communication device 600 receives a packet including function restriction information 70 indicating that the camera function, the mail function, the telephone (call function), and the Internet connection function are all permitted as shown in FIG. The function restriction unit 84 controls so that all these functions can be executed. In addition, when the mobile communication device 600 receives a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 8, the function restriction unit 84 is stopped so that the camera function and the telephone (call function) function cannot be executed. The mail function and the Internet connection function are controlled to be executable.
[0073] なお、この図 5〜図 8に示す機能制限情報 70は一例であって、携帯通信装置 600 が例えば TV局から番組コンテンツの情報を受信できるアンテナを備え、該コンテンツ の視聴機能を有して 、る場合は、制限内容の中に TVの視聴の可否を示す情報が含 まれていてもよい。また、 DVD等の記録媒体に記録された情報を再生可能にする機 能を有して 、る場合は、この記録媒体に記録された情報の再生の可否を示す情報が 含まれていてもよい。 Note that the function restriction information 70 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 is an example, and the mobile communication device 600 includes an antenna that can receive program content information from, for example, a TV station, and has a function for viewing the content. In this case, information indicating whether or not the TV can be viewed is included in the restriction content. It may be rare. In addition, in the case where the information recorded on a recording medium such as a DVD is reproducible, information indicating whether or not the information recorded on the recording medium can be reproduced may be included. .
[0074] また、上記制限内容には、携帯通信装置 600が有するボイスレコード機能の実行 の可否を示す情報もふくまれて 、てもよ 、。  [0074] Further, the restriction content may include information indicating whether or not the voice record function of the mobile communication device 600 can be executed.
[0075] また、図 5〜図 8に示す機能制限情報 70における各機能とその機能の制限を示す 情報との対応関係は、これらに限定されるものではない。例えば、機能制限情報 70 に含まれる制限内容は、カメラ機能以外の機能を許可するものであってもよいし、カメ ラ機能および電話 (通話)機能のみを許可するものであってもよ 、。  Further, the correspondence relationship between each function in the function restriction information 70 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 and information indicating the restriction of the function is not limited to these. For example, the restriction contents included in the function restriction information 70 may permit functions other than the camera function, or may permit only the camera function and the telephone (call) function.
[0076] これら、機能制限情報 70における各機能とその機能の制限を示す情報との組み合 わせは、ユーザが入場する施設の種類 (例えば、映画館、病院、または博物館など) 、あるいは、施設で提供するサービスの内容に応じて適切に設定されることが好まし い。  [0076] The combination of each function in the function restriction information 70 and information indicating the restriction of the function depends on the type of facility that the user enters (for example, a movie theater, a hospital, a museum, or the like) It is preferable to set appropriately according to the contents of the service provided by.
[0077] また、上記機能制限管理装置 300から、 AP400を介して携帯通信装置 600に上 記した機能制限情報 70を含むパケットの送信タイミングは、例えば図 17に示す機能 制限情報管理テーブル 71によって、ユーザが入場した施設で提供されるサービスの 内容あるいは、開始または終了等といったサービスの進行状況に応じて決められて いる。  Further, the transmission timing of the packet including the function restriction information 70 described above in the mobile communication device 600 from the function restriction management device 300 via the AP 400 is determined by, for example, the function restriction information management table 71 shown in FIG. It is determined according to the contents of the service provided at the facility where the user enters or the progress of the service such as start or end.
[0078] 例えば、無線 LAN設定情報 92を含む電子チケットを購入し、携帯通信装置 600を 所持するユーザが劇場に行って演劇を鑑賞するとする。このユーザが上記劇場に入 場すると、携帯通信装置 600が、電子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92に基 づき、 AP400との無線による接続を確立する。そして、携帯通信装置 600は基地局 511を介して外部の他の携帯通信装置などと通信ができない状態になる。  For example, it is assumed that an electronic ticket including the wireless LAN setting information 92 is purchased, and a user having the mobile communication device 600 goes to the theater to watch a play. When this user enters the theater, the mobile communication device 600 establishes a wireless connection with the AP 400 based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket. Then, the mobile communication device 600 cannot communicate with other external mobile communication devices via the base station 511.
[0079] そこで、機能制限管理装置 300が、演劇の公演が開始されるまでの間は、図 7に示 す機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを、 AP400を介して携帯通信装置に送信する。こ れによって、携帯通信装置 600では、演劇の公演が開始されるまでの間は、該携帯 通信装置 600が有する機能 (例えば、カメラ機能、メール機能、電話 (通話機能)、ィ ンターネットへの接続機能)が実行可能となる。このため、演劇が開始されるまで、ュ 一ザは携帯通信装置 600のよつて、自由に通話、メールの送受信等を行うことができ る。 [0079] Therefore, until the performance of the theater starts, the function restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in Fig. 7 to the mobile communication device via the AP 400. As a result, the mobile communication device 600 has a function (for example, camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), Internet access) until the performance of the theater starts. Connection function) can be executed. For this reason, until the drama starts Using the portable communication device 600, the user can freely make calls, send and receive mails, and the like.
[0080] 演劇が開始されると、機能制限管理装置 300から携帯通信装置 600に、 AP400を 介して、図 5に示す機能制限情報 70を含むパケットが送信される。これによつて、携 帯通信装置 600では、該携帯通信装置 600が有する機能 (例えば、カメラ機能、メー ル機能、電話 (通話機能)、インターネットへの接続機能)が実行されないように、機 能制限部 84が制御をおこなう。このため、演劇鑑賞に来たユーザが、携帯通信装置 600が有する機能を利用して、無断で、演劇の内容を外部に送信されたり、演劇を 演じる役者の写真を取られたり、通話による会話によって周囲の観客に迷惑をかけた りすることを防ぐことができる。  When the play is started, a packet including function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 5 is transmitted from function restriction management device 300 to portable communication device 600 via AP 400. As a result, the function of the mobile communication device 600 is prevented so that the functions of the mobile communication device 600 (for example, camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), Internet connection function) are not executed. The limiting unit 84 performs the control. For this reason, a user who comes to see the theater can use the functions of the mobile communication device 600 to send the contents of the theater to the outside without permission, take pictures of the actors who perform the theater, This can prevent inconvenience to the surrounding audience.
[0081] また、演劇の公演の休憩時間等では、機能制限管理装置 300から携帯通信装置 6 00に、図 7に示す機能制限情報 70を含むパケットが送信される。これによつて、携帯 通信装置 600では、使用が不可能であった各機能 (例えば、カメラ機能、メール機能 、電話 (通話機能)、インターネットへの接続機能)が休憩時間の間では使用可能とな る。  [0081] In addition, during a play break, etc., a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 7 is transmitted from the function restriction management device 300 to the mobile communication device 600. As a result, in the mobile communication device 600, functions that could not be used (for example, camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), Internet connection function) can be used during the break time. Become.
[0082] また、演劇の公演中、演劇の見せ場あるいは、演劇開始時もしくは終了時に行われ る出演者による挨拶等、特に宣伝してもらいたい場面において、図 6に示す機能制 限情報 70を含むパケットを、機能制限管理装置 300が AP400を介して携帯通信装 置 600に送信する。これによつて、携帯通信装置 600では、機能制限部 84が、携帯 通信装置 600が有するカメラ機能を利用可能とするように制御する。このようにして、 上記した特に宣伝してもら 、た 、演劇の一場面では自由に撮影することを許可する ことができる。このように、特に宣伝してもらいたい場面でのみカメラ機能を実行可能 とすることで、演劇の興行者は、観客が撮影した画像などでこの演劇の宣伝効果を 期待することができる。  [0082] In addition, the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 6 is included in scenes that are desired to be advertised, such as during the performance of the theater, at the stage of the theater, or by greetings by performers at the start or end of the theater. The function restriction management device 300 transmits the packet to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400. Accordingly, in the mobile communication device 600, the function restriction unit 84 performs control so that the camera function of the mobile communication device 600 can be used. In this way, it is possible to allow free shooting in one scene of the theater, especially as described above. In this way, by making the camera function executable only in scenes that you want to promote, theater performers can expect the effect of advertising the theater with images taken by the audience.
[0083] 上記にて例を挙げて説明したように、劇場等の施設において、演劇等、ユーザに提 供されるサービスの内容に応じて、機能制限管理装置 300が適切に機能制限情報 7 0を選択して携帯通信装置 400に送信することで、劇場内での不正な撮影、録音、あ るいは演劇中の通話など他の観客への迷惑行為を防ぐことができる。 [0084] なお、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 500では、機能制限管理装置 300 力 上記した機能制限情報 70を、演劇等のプログラムに応じて所定の時間ごとに、 劇場等の施設内に備えられた AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれに対して送信するように 構成されている。また、上述したように、機能制限管理装置 300は、どの機能制限情 報 70のパケットを選択して送信するかについてのユーザ力もの指示を入力指示部 6 1が受信し、この受信したユーザからの指示に応じて選択制御部 62が機能情報 70を 選択できるようになつている。このように、機能制限管理装置 300は、ユーザからの指 示に応じて機能制限情報 70を選択し AP400を介して携帯通信装置 400に送信す ることができる構成である。このため、例えば、演劇が予定の時間通りに行われない 場合であっても、機能制限管理装置 300は適切なタイミングで適切な機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを携帯通信装置 600に送信することができる。 [0083] As described above with an example, in a facility such as a theater, the function restriction management device 300 appropriately performs function restriction information according to the contents of services provided to the user, such as plays. By selecting and transmitting it to the mobile communication device 400, it is possible to prevent nuisance to other audiences such as unauthorized shooting, recording, or telephone conversation during the theater. Note that in the electronic ticket system 500 according to the present embodiment, the function restriction management device 300 is configured to transmit the function restriction information 70 described above in a facility such as a theater at predetermined intervals according to a program such as a play. It is configured to transmit to each of the AP400a to AP400c provided. Further, as described above, the function restriction management device 300 receives an instruction from the user indicating which function restriction information 70 is to be selected and transmitted by the input instruction unit 61, and from this received user. The selection control unit 62 can select the function information 70 in response to the instruction. As described above, the function restriction management device 300 is configured to be able to select the function restriction information 70 in accordance with an instruction from the user and transmit it to the portable communication device 400 via the AP 400. For this reason, for example, even if the play is not performed on time, the function restriction management device 300 may transmit a packet including the appropriate function restriction information 70 to the mobile communication device 600 at an appropriate timing. it can.
[0085] また、映画のように音声または映像等によって上映される場合、これら音声または映 像などを記憶し出力する映像'音声出力装置の動きに同期して上記機能制限情報 7 0のパケットを送信するように構成されて 、てもよ 、。この場合は以下のようにして実 現できる。すなわち、機能制限管理装置 300は、上記した入力指示部 61によって、 上記映像 ·音声出力装置からの音声または映像の出力タイミングと同期する信号を 受信し、この受信した信号に応じて選択制御部 62が機能制限情報 70を記憶部 64か ら選択する。そして、出力制御部 60が選択された機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを 携帯通信装置 600に AP400を介して送信する。  [0085] When the movie or the like is screened like a movie, the above-mentioned packet of the function restriction information 70 is synchronized with the motion of the video output device that stores and outputs the audio or video. You can be configured to send. In this case, it can be realized as follows. That is, the function restriction management device 300 receives a signal synchronized with the audio or video output timing from the video / audio output device by the input instruction unit 61, and selects the control unit 62 according to the received signal. Selects the function restriction information 70 from the storage unit 64. Then, the output control unit 60 transmits the packet including the selected function restriction information 70 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400.
[0086] すなわち、上記機能制限管理装置は、記憶部 64に記憶されている機能制限情報 7 0のうち、どの機能制限情報 70を選択するかを示す選択情報として、上記信号を受 信する入力指示部 61を備え、上記入力指示部によって受信された信号が示す情報 に基づき、選択制御部 62が上記記憶部 64に記憶された機能制限情報 70を選択す る。  That is, the function restriction management device receives input of the signal as selection information indicating which function restriction information 70 is selected from the function restriction information 70 stored in the storage unit 64. An instruction unit 61 is provided, and the selection control unit 62 selects the function restriction information 70 stored in the storage unit 64 based on information indicated by the signal received by the input instruction unit.
[0087] 上記構成によれば、本発明に係る電子チケットシステム 500では、機能制限管理装 置 300が選択制御部 62を備えているため、外部から指示された機能制限情報 70を 選択することができる。  [0087] According to the above configuration, in the electronic ticket system 500 according to the present invention, since the function restriction management device 300 includes the selection control unit 62, the function restriction information 70 instructed from the outside can be selected. it can.
[0088] よって、施設やイベント等の管理者は、提供するサービスの内容または進行状況に 応じて、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能のうち、停止することが所望される機能を選 択して停止させることができる。したがって、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能を、提供 するサービスの内容ゃ該サービスの進行状況に応じて管理者側で適切に停止させ ることができ、携帯通信装置の機能を制限することができる。 [0088] Therefore, the manager of the facility, event, etc. is informed of the contents or progress of the service to be provided. Accordingly, it is possible to select and stop the function desired to be stopped from the functions provided in portable communication device 600. Therefore, the functions provided in the mobile communication device 600 can be appropriately stopped on the administrator side according to the content of the service to be provided and the progress of the service, and the functions of the mobile communication device can be limited.
[0089] (機能の停止または再開処理)  [0089] (Function stop or restart process)
次に、図 9に示すフローチャートに基づいて、上述のように構成された携帯通信装 置 600における、電子チケットに含まれる情報に基づいて各種機能を停止または再 開するときの動作を説明する。  Next, based on the flowchart shown in FIG. 9, the operation when the various functions are stopped or resumed based on the information included in the electronic ticket in the mobile communication device 600 configured as described above will be described.
[0090] 電子チケットが発券され該電子チケットを取得すると、主制御部 18は、取得した電 子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92に基づき、無線を介して AP400との接 続を可能となるように無線 LANの設定を行う(S 10)。一方、主制御部 18は、無線 LA Nの設定が完了すると、機能制限管理装置 300から送信された機能制限情報 70に 応じて、第 1アンテナを介して行われる基地局 511との通信が禁止される、すなわち 公衆網との接続ができな 、ように設定が変更される(S 11)。  [0090] When an electronic ticket is issued and the electronic ticket is acquired, the main control unit 18 can connect to the AP 400 via wireless based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the acquired electronic ticket. Set up the wireless LAN (S10). On the other hand, when the setting of the wireless LAN is completed, the main control unit 18 prohibits communication with the base station 511 performed via the first antenna according to the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300. In other words, the setting is changed so that connection with the public network is not possible (S11).
[0091] この状態において、 AP400を介して機能制御管理装置 300から機能制限情報 70 を含むパケットの受信があった場合 (S12で YES)、その機能制限情報 70は、無線し AN制御部 17を通じて主制御部 18に送信され、その機能制限情報 70を情報抽出 部 82が抽出する。そして、情報抽出部 82は、抽出した機能制限情報 70を機能制限 部 84に送信し、機能制限部 84は、この機能制限情報 70に基づき、携帯通信装置 6 00が備える機能の一部または全部を停止する(S 13)。  [0091] In this state, when a packet including the function restriction information 70 is received from the function control management device 300 via the AP 400 (YES in S12), the function restriction information 70 is wirelessly transmitted via the AN control unit 17. The function restriction information 70 is transmitted to the main control unit 18, and the information extraction unit 82 extracts the function restriction information 70. Then, the information extraction unit 82 transmits the extracted function restriction information 70 to the function restriction unit 84, and the function restriction unit 84 uses a part or all of the functions of the mobile communication device 600 based on the function restriction information 70. Is stopped (S 13).
[0092] また、この状態にぉ 、て、主制御部 18が新たに他の機能制限情報 70を含むバケツ トを受信した場合 (S14で YES)、この新たに受信した機能制限情報 70に基づき、主 制御部 18における機能制限部 84が、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能の一部または 全部を制限または再開させるなど変更する (S 15)。  In this state, when the main control unit 18 newly receives a bucket including other function restriction information 70 (YES in S 14), based on the newly received function restriction information 70. The function restriction unit 84 in the main control unit 18 changes such as restricting or resuming part or all of the functions of the mobile communication device 600 (S15).
[0093] このようにして、機能制限管理装置 300から送信された機能制限情報 70を含むパ ケットの受信に応じて、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能の一部または全部を停止し たり、再開させたりする。そして、このような携帯通信装置 600が備える機能制限は、 機能制限管理装置 300から、機能制限情報 70の送信終了を示す通知を受信するま で実行される。 [0093] In this way, in response to the reception of the packet including the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300, some or all of the functions of the mobile communication device 600 are stopped or restarted. Or The function restriction provided in the portable communication device 600 is received from the function restriction management device 300 until a notification indicating the end of transmission of the function restriction information 70 is received. Is executed.
[0094] 主制御部 18は機能制限情報 70の送信終了を示す通知を機能制限管理装置 300 力も受信すると (S16で YES)、制限されている、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能に 対する制限を解除する(S 17)。  [0094] When the main control unit 18 also receives the notification indicating the end of transmission of the function restriction information 70 (YES in S16), the restriction on the functions of the portable communication device 600 that are restricted is released. (S 17).
[0095] このように、上記電子チケットシステム 500によれば、医療機器への影響、周囲の人 に対する騒音、映画館やコンサート会場での盗撮や盗聴などの問題を、使い勝手の 低下を抑制しつつ解決することができる。すなわち、例えば、コンサートの主催者側 で、盗撮および盗聴を防止したい場合には、機能制限管理装置 300が送信する機 能制限情報 70として、カメラ機能およびボイスレコード機能を含めるようにすれば良く 、またコンサート中の通話やメール送受信を禁止したい場合には、機能制限情報 70 として通信機能を含めるようにすれば良い。また、このように機能制限情報 70によつ て、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能を、コンサートが始まるまでは、撮影、ボイスレコ ード、通話およびメール送受信を行うことができるように設定することができるため、ュ 一ザに対して必要以上の負担を強いることがなぐコンサート会場内での待合せなど ち行うことがでさる。  [0095] As described above, according to the electronic ticket system 500, the influence on the medical device, noise to surrounding people, problems such as voyeurism and eavesdropping at a movie theater or a concert venue are suppressed while suppressing a decrease in usability. Can be solved. That is, for example, when the concert organizer wants to prevent voyeurism and eavesdropping, the function restriction information 70 transmitted by the function restriction management device 300 may include a camera function and a voice record function. In addition, if it is desired to prohibit telephone calls and mail transmission / reception during a concert, the function restriction information 70 may include a communication function. In addition, the function restriction information 70 can set the functions of the mobile communication device 600 so that shooting, voice recording, telephone call, and mail transmission / reception can be performed until the concert starts. Therefore, it is possible to hold a meeting in a concert hall where it is not necessary to place a burden on the user more than necessary.
[0096] 上記した実施例では、ユーザが利用する施設内の AP400を通じて、施設内にある 携帯通信装置 600全てに対して、一斉に該携帯通信装置 600が備える機能の制限 を行うようになっていた。しかし、ユーザが利用する施設で提供されるサービスの種類 によっては、施設内で一斉に上記したように携帯通信装置 600が備える機能の制限 が行われると不都合な場合がある。例えば、複数の劇場 (スクリーン)を有する複合型 映画館、いわゆるシネコンなどのように、映画の上演時間、休憩時間等様々である場 合、複合施設内で一斉に上記したように携帯通信装置 600が備える機能の制限が 行われると不都合である。  [0096] In the above-described embodiment, the functions of the mobile communication device 600 are simultaneously restricted for all the mobile communication devices 600 in the facility through the AP 400 in the facility used by the user. It was. However, depending on the type of service provided at the facility used by the user, it may be inconvenient if the functions of the mobile communication device 600 are restricted as described above. For example, in the case of a movie theater having a plurality of theaters (screens) such as a so-called cinema, there are various times such as movie performance time, break time, etc., as described above, the portable communication device 600 It would be inconvenient if restrictions on the functions provided by are implemented.
[0097] そこで、 AP400a力劇場 A、 AP400b力劇場 B、 AP400c力ロビーと!/、うふうに、空 間(部屋)ごとに設けられる AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれが決められている。そして、 各 AP400a〜400cを介して機能制限管理装置 300がそれぞれ異なる内容の機能 制限情報 70を送信する。  [0097] Therefore, AP400a force theater A, AP400b force theater B, AP400c force lobby, and so on, and / or AP400a to AP400c provided for each space (room) are determined. Then, the function restriction management device 300 transmits the function restriction information 70 having different contents via the APs 400a to 400c.
[0098] 例えば、劇場 Aでは映画の上映が行われており、劇場 Bでは映画の上映がまだ始 まっておらず最新映画の予告情報が流されているとする。この場合、機能制限管理 装置 300は、劇場 Aに設けられている AP400aを介して、図 5に示す機能制限情報 7 0を含むパケットを携帯通信装置 600に送信する。このようにして、劇場 Aでは、携帯 通信装置 600はカメラ機能、メール機能、電話 (通話機能)、インターネットへの接続 を停止させ、周囲の人に対する騒音、または上映映画のコンテンツの流出を防ぐこと ができる。 [0098] For example, theater A is showing a movie, and theater B is still showing Suppose that the notice information of the latest movie is being played. In this case, the function restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 5 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400a provided in the theater A. In this way, in Theater A, the mobile communication device 600 stops the camera function, e-mail function, telephone (call function), and connection to the Internet to prevent noise from the surrounding people or leakage of the movie content. Can do.
[0099] また、機能制限管理装置 300は、劇場 Bに設けられている AP400bを介して、図 8 に示す機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを携帯通信装置 600に送信する。このように して、劇場 Bでは、携帯通信装置 600が備えるメール機能、およびインターネットへの 接続機能だけを利用することができる。そして、カメラ機能によるコンテンツの不正流 出を防ぐとともに、電話 (通話機能)による周囲の人に対する騒音を防ぐことができる。  Also, the function restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in FIG. 8 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400b provided in the theater B. In this way, in Theater B, only the mail function provided in the portable communication device 600 and the function for connecting to the Internet can be used. In addition, it prevents unauthorized outflow of content due to the camera function and prevents noise to people around the phone (call function).
[0100] また、ロビーでは、能制限管理装置 300は、ロビーに設けられている AP400cを介 して、図 7に示す機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを携帯通信装置 600に送信する。 このようにして、ロビーでは、携帯通信装置 600が備えるカメラ機能、メール機能、電 話 (通話機能)、インターネットへの接続機能を自由に利用することができる。  [0100] In the lobby, the ability restriction management device 300 transmits a packet including the function restriction information 70 shown in Fig. 7 to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400c provided in the lobby. In this way, the camera function, mail function, telephone (call function), and Internet connection function of the mobile communication device 600 can be freely used in the lobby.
[0101] このように、ユーザが入場する施設において、各部屋 (劇場)ごとに必要となる携帯 通信装置 600が有する機能の制限が異なる場合、各部屋にもうけられている AP400 を介して機能制限管理装置 300が適切な機能制限情報 70を含むパケットを送信す ることが好ましい。このようにして、携帯通信装置 600は、各部屋において、より細か い機能制限を受けることにより、ユーザに対して必要以上の負担を強いることがなぐ 適切な携帯端末装置 600が備える機能の制限を行うことができる。  [0101] As described above, in the facility where the user enters, if the function restriction of the mobile communication device 600 required for each room (theatre) is different, the function restriction is made via the AP 400 provided in each room. It is preferable that the management apparatus 300 transmits a packet including appropriate function restriction information 70. In this way, the mobile communication device 600 is subject to finer function restrictions in each room, which does not impose an unnecessary burden on the user. It can be carried out.
[0102] なお、 AP400a〜AP400cのうちどの AP400を介して、どのような機能制限情報 7 0を含むパケットを送信するかは、機能制限管理装置 300が所定の AP400を選択し て行われる。または、機能制限管理装置 300がどの AP400に携帯通信装置 600が 接続されている力を管理し、携帯通信装置 600に直接パケットを送信するような形に しても良い。  It should be noted that the function restriction management device 300 selects a predetermined AP 400 as to which packet including the function restriction information 70 is transmitted via which AP 400 of the APs 400a to 400c. Alternatively, the function restriction management device 300 may manage the power with which the mobile communication device 600 is connected to which AP 400 and directly transmit the packet to the mobile communication device 600.
[0103] また、上述したシネコンのように、複数の劇場から構成される複合施設の場合、電 子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92は、無線通信装置 600を所持するユー ザが利用する空間 (場所)にのみ有効となる情報としてもよい。例えば、ユーザが劇場[0103] Further, in the case of a complex facility composed of a plurality of theaters such as the above-described cine-con, the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket is a user who owns the wireless communication device 600. The information may be valid only for the space (location) used by The. For example, if the user is a theater
Aで上映される映画を鑑賞しに行くとする。この場合、無線通信装置 600が電子チケ ット発券装置 100から劇場 Aで上映される映画の電子チケットを購入した場合、この 電子チケットには、共有空間であるロビーと劇場 Aとにおいて無線通信が可能となる 無線 LANの設定が含まれる。 Suppose you go to watch a movie that will be shown at A. In this case, when the wireless communication device 600 purchases an electronic ticket for a movie to be screened in the theater A from the electronic ticket issuing device 100, the electronic ticket is wirelessly communicated in the shared space lobby and theater A. Includes possible wireless LAN settings.
[0104] このようにユーザが利用する場所についてのみに関する無線 LAN設定情報 92を 電子チケットに含める場合、無線通信が確立できない場所では、携帯通信装置 600 が備える機能の全てが停止され、無線通信が確立できる場所では、機能制限管理装 置 300から送信される機能制限情報 70に基づいて、上記機能が制限されるように構 成する。このようにして、ユーザが利用する場所だけ、適切に携帯通信装置 600が有 する特定の機能が有効となるようにすることができる。  [0104] When the wireless LAN setting information 92 relating only to the location used by the user is included in the electronic ticket in this way, in a location where wireless communication cannot be established, all the functions of the mobile communication device 600 are stopped, and wireless communication is disabled. In the place where it can be established, the above function is configured to be restricted based on the function restriction information 70 transmitted from the function restriction management device 300. In this way, it is possible to appropriately activate a specific function possessed by the mobile communication device 600 only in a location used by the user.
[0105] また、上述したように、各場所に設けられた AP400ごとに、該 AP400を介して携帯 通信装置 600に送信される機能制限情報 70が異なる場合、携帯通信装置 600が、 異なる AP400それぞれから送信された機能制限情報 70のパケットを受信することが ある。この場合、先に受信した機能制限情報 70に基づき、該携帯通信装置 600が備 える機能の停止を行うように構成されていてもよい。あるいは、受信した機能制限情 報 70を比較して、制限されている機能が多い方を選択して、上記機能の停止を行う ように構成されていてもよい。また、逆に、携帯通信装置 600は、受信した機能制限 情報 70において、もっとも制限がない機能制限情報 70に基づき、該携帯通信装置 6 00が有する機能を停止するように構成されていてもよい。また、受信した機能制限情 報 70それぞれにお 、て共通して機能の制限がなされて 、な 、もののみを有効とし、 それ以外の機能を停止するように構成されていてもよい。また、発行された電子チケ ットの中に、どの AP400から受信した機能制限情報 70を優先して選択するか、優先 順位を示す情報が含まれており、この優先順位を示す情報に基づいて、携帯通信装 置 600は、自身が有する機能の停止をおこなってもよ!/、。  [0105] Further, as described above, when the function restriction information 70 transmitted to the mobile communication device 600 via the AP 400 is different for each AP 400 provided in each place, the mobile communication device 600 is different from the AP 400, respectively. May receive a packet of function restriction information 70 sent from. In this case, the function of the mobile communication device 600 may be stopped based on the function restriction information 70 received earlier. Alternatively, it may be configured to compare the received function restriction information 70, select the one with more restricted functions, and stop the function. Conversely, the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to stop the functions of the mobile communication device 600 based on the function restriction information 70 having the least restriction in the received function restriction information 70. . Further, the received function restriction information 70 may be configured so that the functions are commonly restricted, only those are valid, and other functions are stopped. In addition, the issued electronic ticket includes information indicating the priority order of the function restriction information 70 received from which AP 400, and information indicating the priority order. Based on the information indicating the priority order. The mobile communication device 600 may stop its own functions! /.
[0106] また、上記したように電子チケット発券装置 100は、携帯通信装置 600に電子チケ ットの発行を行った際に、該携帯通信装置 600を特定する情報を記録するように構 成されている。そして、接続管理サーバ 200にこの携帯通信装置 600を特定する情 報と関連づけられ記憶されている電子チケットの情報として、携帯通信装置 600を所 持したユーザが利用可能な場所の情報が含まれているとする。この場合、電子チケッ ト発券装置 100は、この携帯通信装置 600を特定する情報と、該携帯通信装置 600 が利用可能な場所を示す情報とを接続管理サーバ 200に送信する。この接続管理 サーバ 200は、これら受信した情報に基づき、利用が認められていない場所に設け られた AP400と携帯通信装置 600が接続を確立しているか否かを判断する。 [0106] Further, as described above, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 is configured to record information specifying the portable communication device 600 when the electronic ticket is issued to the portable communication device 600. ing. Then, information for identifying the mobile communication device 600 to the connection management server 200. It is assumed that the information on the electronic ticket stored in association with the information includes information on a place where the user who has the portable communication device 600 can use. In this case, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 transmits information specifying the portable communication device 600 and information indicating a place where the portable communication device 600 can be used to the connection management server 200. Based on the received information, the connection management server 200 determines whether or not the AP 400 and the mobile communication device 600 provided in a place where use is not permitted has established a connection.
[0107] そして、利用が認められていない場所に設けられた AP400と携帯通信装置 600と が接続を確立していると判定した場合、接続管理サーバ 200がこの携帯通信装置 6 00に警告を通知する構成であってもよい。例えば、シネコンなどでは、他の劇場に入 場しているということを通知して警告してもよい。さらには、このような警告とともに、正 L ヽ場所への館内情報を送信してもよ!/ヽ。  [0107] If it is determined that the connection between the AP 400 provided in the place where use is not permitted and the mobile communication device 600 is established, the connection management server 200 notifies the mobile communication device 600 to a warning. It may be configured to. For example, a cine-con may warn by notifying that it is in another theater. In addition, you can send information about the hall to the main location along with this warning! / ヽ.
[0108] このように、利用が認められていない場所にユーザが入った場合であっても、警告 とともに正しい場所への案内を通知することで、ユーザに正しい場所への道案内を行 うことができる。  [0108] In this way, even when the user enters a place where use is not permitted, the user is guided to the correct place by giving a warning and guidance to the correct place. Can do.
[0109] なお、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 500では、無線 LAN設定部 83は 、ユーザ力 の指示に応じて無線 LANの設定を行っているがこれに限定されるもの ではない。例えば、ユーザが利用する施設の出入口に電子チケット確認装置 (不図 示)が設けられており、この電子チケット確認装置にて電子チケットによる入場確認が 行われた際に設定される構成であってもよい。この場合、携帯通信装置 600は、上記 電子チケット確認装置から電子チケットによる入場確認を示す情報を、無線部 2を介 して受信するように構成されていても良い。あるいは、携帯通信装置 600が、 FeliCa( 登録商標)、 Bluetooth (登録商標)などの他の無線通信手段を備え、この無線通信手 段によって電子チケット確認装置力 上記入場確認を示す情報を受信する構成であ つてもよい。  [0109] In the electronic ticket system 500 according to the present embodiment, the wireless LAN setting unit 83 sets the wireless LAN in response to an instruction from the user, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, an electronic ticket confirmation device (not shown) is provided at the entrance / exit of a facility used by a user, and the electronic ticket confirmation device is set when an electronic ticket is used to confirm entrance. Also good. In this case, the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to receive information indicating admission confirmation using an electronic ticket from the electronic ticket confirmation device via the wireless unit 2. Alternatively, the mobile communication device 600 includes other wireless communication means such as FeliCa (registered trademark), Bluetooth (registered trademark), and receives the information indicating the admission confirmation by using this wireless communication device. It may be.
[0110] これにより、例えば、ユーザがコンサートホール等の施設に入場する際、該施設で 有効となる無線 LANの設定が行われ、また第 1アンテナを介して行われる他の通信 装置との通信を遮断することができる。  [0110] Thus, for example, when a user enters a facility such as a concert hall, a wireless LAN that is effective in the facility is set, and communication with other communication devices is performed via the first antenna. Can be cut off.
[0111] また、無線 LAN設定部 83は、設定した無線 LANの設定の解除を、ユーザからの 指示に応じて行うがこれに限定されるものではない。例えば、ユーザが施設から退場 する際に、上記電子チケット確認装置にて電子チケットによる退場確認が行われた際 に設定される構成であってもよい。この場合も入場時と同様に、上記無線部 2を介し て、電子チケット確認装置から、退場確認を示す情報を受信する構成であってもよい し、他の無線通信手段を介して、この情報を受信する構成であってもよい。 [0111] The wireless LAN setting unit 83 cancels the set wireless LAN setting from the user. This is performed according to instructions, but is not limited to this. For example, when the user leaves the facility, the electronic ticket confirmation device may be set when the electronic ticket confirmation is performed using the electronic ticket. In this case as well, the information indicating the exit confirmation may be received from the electronic ticket confirmation device via the wireless unit 2 as in the case of the entrance, or the information may be received via other wireless communication means. May be received.
[0112] これにより、例えば、ユーザがコンサートホール等の施設力 退場する際、該施設 で有効となる無線 LANの設定を無効とすることができる。  Thereby, for example, when a user leaves a facility such as a concert hall, the wireless LAN setting effective in the facility can be invalidated.
[0113] また、上記電子チケット発券装置 100は、販売する電子チケットの中に含める無線 LAN設定情報 92に予め有効となる期限情報をつけておいてもよい。すなわち、この 期限情報を例えばコンサートが行われた日まで、もしくはコンサートが終了した時間 までと設定しておくことで、適切に無線 LANの設定を無効とすることができる。  [0113] Further, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 may add valid period information to the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket to be sold in advance. In other words, by setting this deadline information until, for example, the date of the concert or the time of the end of the concert, the wireless LAN setting can be appropriately invalidated.
[0114] また、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 500では、電子チケットを携帯通信 装置 600が購入し、電子チケットが含む無線 LAN設定情報 92に基づき、該携帯通 信装置 600が無線 LANの設定を行うようになって ヽるが、上記無線 LAN設定情報 9 2の取得方法はこれに限定されるものではない。  Also, in electronic ticket system 500 according to the present embodiment, mobile communication device 600 purchases an electronic ticket, and based on wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket, mobile communication device 600 has a wireless LAN. However, the method for obtaining the wireless LAN setting information 92 is not limited to this.
[0115] 例えば、電子チケットとは別に、上記携帯通信装置 600は、基地局 511を介して、 電子チケット発券システム 100から LANの設定情報を取得する構成であってもよい。 さらには、上記携帯通信装置 600は、購入した上記電子チケットによって劇場または 映画館等の施設に入場する際に、基地局 511を介して電子チケット発券システム 10 0から無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得してもよい。あるいは、上記携帯通信装置 600は 、さらに RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) ,赤外線、 Bluetoothなど、通信可能 な距離が比較的短い他の無線部をさらに備え、購入した上記電子チケットによって 劇場または映画館等の施設に入場する際に、この無線部によって、無線 LAN設定 情報 92を取得してもよい。このように他の無線部によって無線 LAN設定情報 92を取 得する場合、この無線部が取得した無線 LAN設定情報 92を主制御部 18に送信す ることで、無線 LANの設定を実現することができる。  For example, apart from the electronic ticket, the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to obtain LAN setting information from the electronic ticket issuing system 100 via the base station 511. Further, the portable communication device 600 acquires the wireless LAN setting information 92 from the electronic ticket issuing system 100 via the base station 511 when entering the facility such as a theater or a movie theater with the purchased electronic ticket. May be. Alternatively, the mobile communication device 600 further includes another wireless unit having a relatively short communicable distance, such as RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), infrared light, and Bluetooth, and the purchased electronic ticket is used for a theater or a movie theater. When entering the facility, the wireless LAN setting information 92 may be acquired by the wireless unit. Thus, when the wireless LAN setting information 92 is acquired by another wireless unit, the wireless LAN setting can be realized by transmitting the wireless LAN setting information 92 acquired by the wireless unit to the main control unit 18. it can.
[0116] もしくは、ユーザが購入した上記電子チケットによって劇場または映画館等の施設 に入場する際に、無線 LAN設定情報 92が記録された QR (Quick Response)コード( 登録商標)などの 2次元コードが印刷された用紙を渡される。そして、この QRコードか ら携帯通信装置 600が無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得してもよい。なお、この QRコー ドから無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得する場合、携帯通信装置 600は、さらに QRコー ドの読取り部を備え、読取った情報を主制御部 18に送信することで無線 LANの設 定を実現することができる。 [0116] Alternatively, when entering a facility such as a theater or a movie theater using the electronic ticket purchased by the user, a QR (Quick Response) code (which contains wireless LAN setting information 92) ( A sheet of paper on which a two-dimensional code such as a registered trademark is printed. Then, the mobile communication device 600 may acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 from this QR code. When acquiring the wireless LAN setting information 92 from this QR code, the mobile communication device 600 further includes a QR code reading unit, and transmits the read information to the main control unit 18 to set the wireless LAN. Can be achieved.
[0117] また、携帯通信装置 600は、電子チケットを購入した際に指定された WEBサイトに アクセスし、該 WEBサイトから無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得してもよい。あるいは、電 子チケット発券装置 100が、電子チケットの購入時に携帯通信装置 600からメールァ ドレスを取得し、該メールアドレスに対してメールの添付ファイルとして上記無線 LAN 設定情報 92を送信する。そして携帯通信装置 600は、このメールを受信することで 無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得してもよ ヽ。  [0117] In addition, the mobile communication device 600 may access the website specified when the electronic ticket is purchased and acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 from the website. Alternatively, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 acquires a mail address from the portable communication device 600 when purchasing an electronic ticket, and transmits the wireless LAN setting information 92 as an attached file to the mail address. The mobile communication device 600 may acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 by receiving this mail.
[0118] また、例えば、映画などのように映画館において 1日に複数回上映が行われる場合 、電子チケット発券装置 100は、電子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92を上 映回ごとに異なる情報とする構成であってもよい。この場合、この映画館において備 えられる AP400の設定も上映回ごとに異なるように変更する。  [0118] Also, for example, when a movie is shown multiple times a day in a movie theater, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 changes the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket for each showing time. The configuration may be information. In this case, the setting of AP400 provided in this movie theater will also be changed to be different for each show.
[0119] また、携帯通信装置 600が無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得した場合、その無線 LAN の設定に関する説明を表示部 12に表示するようにしてもよい。そして、表示する説明 のメッセージ等の内容は、電子チケット情報 91に含めて電子チケット発券装置 100 から送信し、携帯通信装置 600に格納し、表示する際に電子チケット情報 91から抽 出してもよい。これにより、 LANの設定方法の説明を、表示部 12に表示させることが できるため、該 LANの設定をユーザに説明することができ、ユーザは該 LANの設定 を容易に設定することができる。  [0119] When the mobile communication device 600 acquires the wireless LAN setting information 92, the display unit 12 may display a description regarding the setting of the wireless LAN. The contents of the explanation message to be displayed may be included in the electronic ticket information 91, transmitted from the electronic ticket issuing device 100, stored in the portable communication device 600, and extracted from the electronic ticket information 91 when displayed. . As a result, the description of the LAN setting method can be displayed on the display unit 12, so that the LAN setting can be explained to the user, and the user can easily set the LAN setting.
[0120] また、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 500において、携帯通信装置 600 は、購入した電子チケットの内容を、当該携帯通信装置 600の表示部 12に表示され るように構成されて 、ることが好まし!/、。  [0120] Also, in electronic ticket system 500 according to the present embodiment, mobile communication device 600 is configured to display the contents of the purchased electronic ticket on display unit 12 of mobile communication device 600. I like it! /
[0121] また、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 500では、携帯通信装置 (通信装 置) 601において機能が停止されたり、停止された機能が再開したりするたびに、現 在停止されて!、る機能を主制御部 18が表示部 12に表示させてユーザに確認をとら せる構成であってもよい。また、携帯通信装置 601において機能が停止されたり、停 止された機能が再開されたりするたびに、特定のバイブレーションによって、または特 定の音をスピーカ 5から鳴らしたり、上記携帯通信装置 601が表示灯として、例えば L ED (Light Emitting Diode)などを備えている場合、この表示灯を点滅してユーザに 知らせる構成であってもよ 、。 [0121] Also, in electronic ticket system 500 according to the present embodiment, every time a function is stopped in portable communication device (communication device) 601 or when the stopped function is restarted, it is currently stopped. ! The main control unit 18 displays the function on the display unit 12 and asks the user for confirmation. The structure to be able to be used may be sufficient. In addition, whenever a function is stopped in the portable communication device 601 or the stopped function is restarted, a specific vibration is generated or a specific sound is emitted from the speaker 5, or the portable communication device 601 displays For example, when a light emitting diode (LED) is provided as a light, the indicator light may blink to notify the user.
[0122] (実施形態 2)  [0122] (Embodiment 2)
次に、図 10〜図 14を参照して本発明の別の実施形態である電子チケット発券シス テム 501について説明する。  Next, an electronic ticket issuing system 501 that is another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
[0123] この図 10は、本発明の別の実施形態に係る電子発券システム 501の概略構成の 一例を示す図である。  [0123] Fig. 10 is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an electronic ticketing system 501 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
[0124] 図 10に示すように、本実施の形態に係る電子チケット発券システム 501は、実施形 態 1に示す電子チケット発券システム 500と比較して下記の点が異なる。ただし、実 施形態 1と同一の部材には同じ符号を付しその説明は省略する。  As shown in FIG. 10, an electronic ticket issuing system 501 according to the present embodiment is different from the electronic ticket issuing system 500 shown in the first embodiment in the following points. However, the same members as those in Embodiment 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.
[0125] 先ず、機能制御管理装置 300および接続管理サーバ 200を備えて 、な 、点で異 なる。電子チケット発券装置 101は、インターネット網 513および電話回線網 512を 介して基地局 511と通信可能となっている。そして、電子チケット発券装置 101は、こ の基地局 511を介して携帯通信装置 601と通信可能となる。すなわち、電子チケット 発券装置 101は、インターネット網 513および電話回線網 512を通じて、基地局 511 を介して携帯通信装置 601に電子チケットを販売することができる。  [0125] First, the function control management device 300 and the connection management server 200 are provided. The electronic ticket issuing device 101 can communicate with the base station 511 via the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512. The electronic ticket issuing device 101 can communicate with the mobile communication device 601 via the base station 511. That is, the electronic ticket issuing device 101 can sell an electronic ticket to the mobile communication device 601 through the base station 511 through the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512.
[0126] また、八?400&〜八?400じそれぞれはィンターネット網513に接続可能となってぃ る。そして、携帯通信装置 601は、これら AP400a〜AP400cと接続を確立できるよう に、無線 LANの設定を行った場合には、これら AP400a〜AP400cを介してインタ 一ネット網 513および電話回線網 512に接続することができる。  [0126] Eight? 400 & ~ eight? Each of 400 can be connected to the Internet network 513. Then, when the wireless LAN is set so that the mobile communication device 601 can establish a connection with these AP 400a to AP 400c, the mobile communication device 601 is connected to the Internet network 513 and the telephone line network 512 via these AP 400a to AP 400c. can do.
[0127] また、電子チケット発券装置 101から携帯通信装置 601が購入する電子チケットに 含まれる情報が異なる。すなわち、電子チケット発券装置 101は、発行する電子チケ ットに、実施形態 1に示す電子チケットが含む情報に加え、さらに各 AP400a〜AP4 00cごとに割り当てられた機能制限情報 (指示情報) 93が含まれる。具体的には、図 11に示すように、電子チケット情報 191は、ユーザが利用を所望する施設に入場す るためのチケット情報と、該施設に備えられた AP400a〜AP400cと接続を確立する ために必要な無線 LAN設定情報 92とを含む。さらに、電子チケット情報 191は、 AP 400a〜AP400cとの無線による接続を確立した場合、携帯通信装置 601が備える 機能のうち停止 (禁止)すべき機能に関する情報である機能制限情報 93が含まれて いる。 [0127] Also, the information included in the electronic ticket purchased by the mobile communication device 601 from the electronic ticket issuing device 101 is different. In other words, the electronic ticket issuing device 101 has the function restriction information (instruction information) 93 assigned to each AP 400a to AP 400c in addition to the information included in the electronic ticket shown in the first embodiment in the electronic ticket to be issued. included. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, the electronic ticket information 191 enters the facility that the user desires to use. And wireless LAN setting information 92 necessary for establishing a connection with the AP 400a to AP 400c provided in the facility. Furthermore, the electronic ticket information 191 includes function restriction information 93 that is information on a function to be stopped (prohibited) among the functions of the portable communication device 601 when a wireless connection with the AP 400a to AP400c is established. Yes.
[0128] 例えば、チケット情報としては、コンサートの名称、会場名、開催日時が登録されて いる。また、無線 LAN設定情報 92は、例えば、このコンサート会場内にある AP400a 〜AP400cそれぞれと通信可能となる無線 LANの設定 (例えば、 SSID、 WEPキー 、 AP400の MACアドレスなど)に関する情報が含まれる。そして、機能制限情報 93 としては、携帯通信装置 601がこれら AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれと無線による接 続を確立した場合、上記携帯通信装置 601が備える機能のうち何れの機能を停止( 禁止)するかにつ 、ての情報が含まれる。  [0128] For example, as ticket information, the name of the concert, the name of the venue, and the date and time of the concert are registered. In addition, the wireless LAN setting information 92 includes, for example, information related to wireless LAN settings (for example, SSID, WEP key, AP400 MAC address, etc.) that enable communication with each of AP400a to AP400c in the concert venue. As the function restriction information 93, when the mobile communication device 601 establishes a wireless connection with each of these AP 400a to AP 400c, which of the functions of the mobile communication device 601 is to be stopped (prohibited). This includes all the information.
[0129] より具体的には、図 12に示すように、機能制限情報 93として、 AP400a〜AP400c ごとの MACアドレス、カメラ機能の禁止または許可、メール機能の禁止または許可、 電話 (通話)機能の禁止または許可、インターネットへの接続の禁止または許可等の 情報が含まれる。なお、上記 MACアドレスは、 AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれを識別 するために利用する情報であって、該 AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれを識別できる情 報であればこれに限定されない。例えば、 MACアドレスの代わりに SSIDであっても よい。  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 12, as the function restriction information 93, the MAC address for each AP400a to AP400c, camera function prohibition or permission, mail function prohibition or permission, telephone (call) function Information such as prohibition or permission and prohibition or permission of connection to the Internet is included. The MAC address is information used to identify each of AP400a to AP400c, and is not limited to this as long as it is information that can identify each of AP400a to AP400c. For example, SSID may be used instead of MAC address.
[0130] また、上記機能制限情報 93は、上記したように AP400a〜AP400cのうちいずれ であるかを識別する情報を含んでいるため、この識別する情報を介して、携帯通信装 置 601の接続先の AP400と、この AP400との接続の確立時において、携帯通信装 置 601が有する機能のうちの停止 (禁止)すべき機能との対応関係をとることができる  [0130] Further, since the function restriction information 93 includes information for identifying which one of the APs 400a to 400c is as described above, the connection of the portable communication device 601 is performed via this identifying information. When establishing a connection between the previous AP400 and this AP400, a correspondence relationship can be established between the functions of the portable communication device 601 that should be stopped (prohibited).
[0131] なお、図 11は電子チケット情報 191のデータ構造は一例であって、チケット情報と 無線 LAN設定情報 92と機能制限情報 93との格納形式はそれに限定されない。ま た、図 12は電子チケット情報 91に含まれる機能制限情報 93のデータ構造の一例で あって、機能制限情報 93の格納形式はそれに限定されない。また、図 12は、上述し たように機能制限情報 93が AP400a〜AP400cごとに対応づけて管理できるように なっている。しかしながら、特に AP400a〜AP400cが設けられている場所ごとに、 携帯通信端末装置 601が有する機能の制限を別々に設定する必要がない場合は、 各 AP400a〜AP400cに対応づけて設定される機能制限情報 93は同一の内容のも のであってもよい。 Note that FIG. 11 shows an example of the data structure of the electronic ticket information 191. The storage format of the ticket information, the wireless LAN setting information 92, and the function restriction information 93 is not limited thereto. FIG. 12 shows an example of the data structure of the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 91, and the storage format of the function restriction information 93 is not limited thereto. In addition, FIG. As described above, the function restriction information 93 can be managed in association with each AP 400a to AP 400c. However, if it is not necessary to set the restrictions on the functions of the mobile communication terminal device 601 separately for each location where the AP400a to AP400c are provided, the function restriction information set in association with each AP400a to AP400c. 93 may have the same contents.
[0132] また、携帯通信装置 601が、 AP400a〜AP400cにおいて共通した無線 LAN設 定情報 92で設定ができる場合、 AP400a〜AP400cとの無線による接続を確立させ るために必要な設定情報(無線 LAN設定情報 92)は、特に AP400a〜AP400cご とに対応付けておく必要がない。  [0132] If the mobile communication device 601 can be set with the wireless LAN setting information 92 common to the AP 400a to AP 400c, the setting information (wireless LAN) required to establish a wireless connection with the AP 400a to AP 400c. The setting information 92) need not be associated with each AP400a to AP400c.
[0133] (携帯通信装置のハードウェア構成およびソフトウェア構成)  [0133] (Hardware configuration and software configuration of portable communication device)
続いて、図 13および図 14を参照して携帯通信装置 601のハードウェア構成および ソフトウェア構成について説明する。  Next, the hardware configuration and software configuration of the mobile communication device 601 will be described with reference to FIG. 13 and FIG.
[0134] まず、本実施の形態に係る携帯通信装置 601のハードウェア構成は、実施形態 1 に示した携帯通信装置 600と比較して、主制御部 118における機能制限に関わるソ フトウェア構成のみが異なる。このため、携帯通信装置 601のハードウェア構成は、 上記主制御部 118以外の各部は同一であるためこれら同一の各部の説明は省略し 同じ符号を付す。  [0134] First, the hardware configuration of portable communication device 601 according to the present embodiment is only the software configuration related to the function restriction in main control unit 118, compared to portable communication device 600 shown in the first embodiment. Different. For this reason, the hardware configuration of the mobile communication device 601 is the same except for the main control unit 118, and therefore, the description of these same units is omitted and the same reference numerals are given.
[0135] 次に、図 14を参照しながら、携帯通信装置 601における機能制限に関わるソフトゥ エア構成について説明する。この図 14は、携帯通信装置 601の主制御部 118の機 能制限に関わる詳細を示す機能ブロック図である。なお、この携帯通信装置 601に おけるソフトウェア構成において、実施形態 1に示す携帯通信装置 600におけるソフ トウエア構成と共通する部材には同じ符号を付し、その説明は省略する。  [0135] Next, a software configuration related to function restriction in the mobile communication device 601 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 is a functional block diagram showing details relating to the function restriction of the main control unit 118 of the mobile communication device 601. Note that, in the software configuration of the mobile communication device 601, members that are the same as the software configuration in the mobile communication device 600 shown in Embodiment 1 are given the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
[0136] 電子チケットシステム (機能管理システム) 501において、携帯通信装置 601は、特 に、電子チケット管理部 81、情報抽出部 82、無線 LAN設定部 83、機能制限部 84、 機能制限情報取得部 85、情報格納部 190、無線部 2、無線 LAN制御部 17を備えて 構成されている。なお、電子チケット管理部 81、情報抽出部 82、無線 LAN設定部 8 3、無線 LAN機能制限部 84、および機能制限情報取得部 85は、ソフトウェアに基づ き主制御部 118に実現される機能である。また、情報格納部 190は、電子チケット等 の情報を格納するメモリであり、第 2メモリ 13に対応する。 [0136] In the electronic ticket system (function management system) 501, the portable communication device 601 includes an electronic ticket management unit 81, an information extraction unit 82, a wireless LAN setting unit 83, a function restriction unit 84, a function restriction information acquisition unit. 85, an information storage unit 190, a wireless unit 2, and a wireless LAN control unit 17. The electronic ticket management unit 81, the information extraction unit 82, the wireless LAN setting unit 83, the wireless LAN function restriction unit 84, and the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 are functions implemented in the main control unit 118 based on software. It is. The information storage unit 190 is an electronic ticket or the like. And corresponds to the second memory 13.
[0137] ここで、本実施形態に係る携帯通信装置 601は、実施形態 1に示した携帯通信装 置 600と以下の点で異なる。  Here, mobile communication device 601 according to the present embodiment differs from mobile communication device 600 shown in Embodiment 1 in the following points.
[0138] すなわち、電子チケット管理部 81が無線部 2から取得し、情報格納部 190に格納し た電子チケット情報 191に含まれる情報が異なる。つまり、実施形態 1に示した携帯 通信装置 600では、情報格納部 90に格納された電子チケット情報 91には、無線 LA N設定情報 92を含んでいたのに対して、本実施形態に係る携帯通信装置 601では 、情報格納部 190に格納された電子チケット情報 191には、無線 LAN設定情報 92 に加えて、さらに機能制限情報 93が含まれている点が異なる。  That is, the information included in the electronic ticket information 191 acquired by the electronic ticket management unit 81 from the wireless unit 2 and stored in the information storage unit 190 is different. That is, in the mobile communication device 600 shown in the first embodiment, the electronic ticket information 91 stored in the information storage unit 90 includes the wireless lan setting information 92, whereas the mobile ticket according to the present embodiment. The communication apparatus 601 is different in that the electronic ticket information 191 stored in the information storage unit 190 further includes function restriction information 93 in addition to the wireless LAN setting information 92.
[0139] また、携帯通信装置 601の主制御部 118がさらに機能制限情報取得部 85を備える 点が、実施形態 1に示す携帯通信装置 600と異なる。すなわち、無線 LAN制御部 1 7は、 AP400から該 AP400を識別する情報 (MACアドレス)を含む信号を受信する と、この識別情報を機能制限情報取得部 85に送信する。  [0139] Also, the point that the main control unit 118 of the mobile communication device 601 further includes a function restriction information acquisition unit 85 is different from the mobile communication device 600 shown in the first embodiment. That is, when the wireless LAN control unit 17 receives a signal including information (MAC address) for identifying the AP 400 from the AP 400, the wireless LAN control unit 17 transmits the identification information to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85.
[0140] 機能制限情報取得部 85は、この識別情報を受信すると、該識別情報に対応する 機能制限情報 93を、情報格納部 190からを取得するように情報抽出部 82に指示す る。  [0140] When receiving the identification information, the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 instructs the information extraction unit 82 to acquire the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the identification information from the information storage unit 190.
[0141] この機能制限情報取得部 85からの指示を受けて、情報抽出部 82は、電子チケット 情報 191に含まれる機能制限情報 93の中から上記識別情報に対応する機能制限 情報 93を抽出し、機能制限情報取得部 85に送信する。機能制限情報取得部 85は 、情報抽出部 82から取得した機能制限情報 93を機能制限部 84に送信する。機能 制限部 84は、受信した機能制限情報 93に基づき、携帯通信装置 601が備える機能 の一部又は全部を停止する。なお、機能制限情報取得部 85と情報抽出部 82とによ つて、指示情報取得手段を実現する。  [0141] Upon receiving an instruction from the function restriction information acquisition unit 85, the information extraction unit 82 extracts the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the identification information from the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 191. And sent to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85. The function restriction information acquisition unit 85 transmits the function restriction information 93 acquired from the information extraction unit 82 to the function restriction unit 84. Based on the received function restriction information 93, the function restriction unit 84 stops some or all of the functions provided in the mobile communication device 601. The function restriction information acquisition unit 85 and the information extraction unit 82 implement an instruction information acquisition unit.
[0142] なお、上記識別情報を含む信号とは、例えば、各 AP400a〜AP400cから送信さ れるビーコン信号であって、このビーコン信号に各 AP400a〜各 AP400cの MACァ ドレスなどのような識別情報を含ませて周期的に接続先に送信するようになっている 。すなわち、 AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれは、各々が通信可能とする所定領域内に おいて、上記ビーコン信号を周期的に送信し、該所定領域内に携帯通信装置 601 が存在する力否かについて探索している。このため、携帯通信装置 601を所持した ユーザが上記所定領域内に入ると、この携帯通信装置 601は、 AP400a〜AP400c のいずれかから送信されたビーコン信号を、第 2アンテナ 15を通じて無線 LAN制御 部 17が受信することにより、 AP400a〜AP400cの!、ずれかの存在を見出すことが できる。 [0142] The signal including the identification information is, for example, a beacon signal transmitted from each AP 400a to AP 400c, and identification information such as the MAC address of each AP 400a to AP 400c is added to the beacon signal. Included and sent periodically to the connection destination. That is, each of AP400a to AP400c periodically transmits the beacon signal in a predetermined area where each of the AP400a to AP400c can communicate, and the mobile communication device 601 is in the predetermined area. I am searching for the power that exists. For this reason, when the user who has the mobile communication device 601 enters the predetermined area, the mobile communication device 601 transmits a beacon signal transmitted from any of AP400a to AP400c via the second antenna 15 to the wireless LAN control unit. When 17 receives, it is possible to find the presence of AP400a to AP400c!
[0143] また、この識別情報を含む信号は、これに限定されるものではなぐ例えば、ブロー ドキャストデータなどのデータパケットに各 AP400a〜AP400cの MACアドレスなど のような AP400を識別できる情報を含ませたものであってもよい。  [0143] The signal including this identification information is not limited to this. For example, data packets such as broadcast data include information that can identify the AP 400 such as the MAC address of each AP 400a to AP 400c. It may be what you did.
[0144] また、上記した各 AP400a〜400cのうち何れの AP400であるかを識別する情報と して、 MACアドレスに限定されるものではなく例えば、 SSIDまたは WEPキーであつ てもよい。この場合は、図 12に示した各 AP400a〜400cの MACアドレスの代わりに SSIDまたは WEPキーが、機能の禁止または許可を示す情報それぞれと対応付けら れる。  [0144] Also, the information for identifying which AP 400 of the above-mentioned APs 400a to 400c is not limited to the MAC address, and may be, for example, an SSID or a WEP key. In this case, instead of the MAC addresses of the APs 400a to 400c shown in FIG. 12, the SSID or WEP key is associated with information indicating whether the function is prohibited or permitted.
[0145] ただし、上記したように、 SSIDまたは WEPキーの受信によって、携帯通信装置 60 1力 通信可能な AP400を、各 AP400a〜400cのうち何れであるか特定する場合、 携帯通信装置 601は、この特定を AP400との通信を確立した後に行うこととなる。  [0145] However, as described above, when identifying the AP 400 capable of communicating with the portable communication device 60 1 by receiving the SSID or the WEP key, which of the APs 400a to 400c is specified, the portable communication device 601 is: This identification is performed after establishing communication with AP400.
[0146] すなわち、携帯通信装置 601が、 AP400と接続を確立すると、該 AP400から送信 されてきた上記識別情報を無線 LAN制御部 17が受信する。そして、無線 LAN制御 部 17によって受信した識別情報は、機能制限情報取得部 85に送信され、機能制限 情報取得部 85が、受信した識別情報に基づき電子チケット情報 191に含まれる機能 制限情報 93を取得するように情報抽出部 82に指示する。この機能制限情報取得部 85からの指示に応じて情報抽出部 82が電子地チケット情報 191から機能制限情報 93を取得し、該機能制限情報取得部 85に送信する。機能制限情報取得部 85は、 取得した機能制限情報 93を機能制限部 84に送信する。このようにして、接続を確立 した AP400に応じて携帯通信装置 601が、自身が備える機能を制限することができ る。  That is, when the mobile communication device 601 establishes a connection with the AP 400, the wireless LAN control unit 17 receives the identification information transmitted from the AP 400. The identification information received by the wireless LAN control unit 17 is transmitted to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85, and the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 uses the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 191 based on the received identification information. The information extraction unit 82 is instructed to obtain the information. In response to the instruction from the function restriction information acquisition unit 85, the information extraction unit 82 acquires the function restriction information 93 from the electronic ticket information 191 and transmits the function restriction information 93 to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85. The function restriction information acquisition unit 85 transmits the acquired function restriction information 93 to the function restriction unit 84. In this way, the mobile communication device 601 can limit the functions provided by itself according to the AP 400 that has established the connection.
[0147] また、実施形態 2に係る携帯通信装置 601では、 AP400を見出した (発見した)場 合、あるいは AP400との無線 LANによる接続を確立した場合、機能制限部 84が、 当該携帯通信装置 601が備える機能を停止するように指示する点が実施形態 1に係 る携帯通信装置 600と異なる。例えば、実施形態 1の場合では、機能制限管理装置 300側から、基地局 511を介して行う通信を停止するなどの情報を機能制限情報 70 に含めて携帯通信装置 600に送信し、特定の機能の停止を指示することができた。 しかしながら、実施形態 2の場合は、接続先の AP400aごとに、携帯通信装置 600が 備える機能のうち停止させる機能が予め決まっている。このため、本実施の形態 (実 施形態 2)に係る携帯通信装置 601では、 AP400を見出す、あるいは AP400との接 続を確立し、該 AP400の識別情報を受信した場合、この受信した識別情報に基づき 、機能制御部 84が、当該携帯通信装置 601が備える機能の使用を制御する。 [0147] In addition, in the mobile communication device 601 according to the second embodiment, when the AP 400 is found (discovered) or when the wireless LAN connection with the AP 400 is established, the function restriction unit 84 The point which instruct | indicates to stop the function with which the said mobile communication apparatus 601 is provided differs from the mobile communication apparatus 600 concerning Embodiment 1. FIG. For example, in the case of the first embodiment, the function restriction management device 300 transmits information such as stopping communication performed via the base station 511 to the mobile communication device 600 including the function restriction information 70 to a specific function. Could be ordered to stop. However, in the case of the second embodiment, the function to be stopped among the functions of the mobile communication device 600 is determined in advance for each AP 400a to be connected. For this reason, when the mobile communication device 601 according to the present embodiment (Embodiment 2) finds the AP 400 or establishes a connection with the AP 400 and receives the identification information of the AP 400, the received identification information Based on the above, the function control unit 84 controls the use of the function of the portable communication device 601.
[0148] このように、上記携帯通信装置 601は、 AP400を見出したり、 AP400との接続を確 立したりすることにより、各 AP400a〜AP400cそれぞれを識別する識別情報を受信 し、携帯通信装置 601が備える機能の一部または全部を禁止させることができる。こ のため、各 AP400が備えられた場所ごとに、停止 (禁止)する機能を適切に設定する ことができる。 In this way, the mobile communication device 601 receives identification information for identifying each AP 400a to AP 400c by finding the AP 400 or establishing a connection with the AP 400, and the mobile communication device 601 Some or all of the functions provided by can be prohibited. For this reason, the function to stop (prohibit) can be set appropriately for each location where each AP 400 is provided.
[0149] また、 AP400a〜AP400cが備えられて!/、る場所力もユーザが退出した場合、すな わち、各 AP400a〜AP400cの何れからの電波を受信しなくなった場合、携帯通信 装置 601は、禁止している機能をすベて再開させる。  [0149] Also, if the user leaves the AP400a to AP400c !, that is, if the radio wave is not received from any of the AP400a to AP400c, the mobile communication device 601 , Restart all prohibited functions.
[0150] また、携帯通信装置 601が例えば AP400aおよび AP400c両方の電波の届く範囲 にある場合、主制御部 118は、 AP400aと AP400cとを比較して禁止される機能が多 い、すなわち制限が厳しい機能制限情報 93を選択して、この情報に基づいて、携帯 通信装置 601が備える機能の一部または全部を停止させるように構成してもよ!/、。あ るいは、逆に主制御部 118は禁止される機能が少ない、すなわち制限がゆるい機能 制御情報 93を選択して、この情報に基づき携帯通信装置 601が有する機能を停止 させるように構成してもよい。あるいは、両方の AP力も機能制限情報 93のうち、禁止 されて 、るものの全部を行うような構成にしても良!、。  [0150] In addition, when the mobile communication device 601 is within the reach of the radio waves of both AP400a and AP400c, for example, the main control unit 118 has many functions that are prohibited by comparing AP400a and AP400c, that is, the restrictions are severe. The function restriction information 93 may be selected, and a part or all of the functions of the mobile communication device 601 may be stopped based on this information! /. Or, conversely, the main control unit 118 is configured to select the function control information 93 with few functions that are prohibited, that is, loosely restricted, and to stop the functions of the mobile communication device 601 based on this information. Also good. Alternatively, both AP powers may be prohibited from the function restriction information 93 and may be configured to do everything!
[0151] また、電子チケット情報 191に含まれる機能制御情報 93にはそれぞれ優先度が設 けられており、主制御部 118は、優先度が高い機能制限情報 93を選択して、この情 報に基づき携帯通信装置 601が有する機能を停止させる構成であってもよい。 [0152] (機能の停止または再開処理 2) [0151] In addition, each of the function control information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 191 has a priority, and the main control unit 118 selects the function restriction information 93 having a higher priority and selects this information. The function of the mobile communication device 601 may be stopped based on the above. [0152] (Function stop or restart process 2)
次に、図 15に示すフローチャートに基づいて、上述のように構成された携帯通信装 置 601における、電子チケットに含まれる情報に基づいて各種機能を停止または再 開するときの動作を説明する。  Next, based on the flowchart shown in FIG. 15, the operation when stopping or resuming various functions based on the information included in the electronic ticket in the mobile communication device 601 configured as described above will be described.
[0153] まず、ここでは、 AP400との接続を確立し、接続先の AP400からこの AP400の識 別情報を受信する場合について説明する。  [0153] First, a case will be described here where a connection with the AP 400 is established and the identification information of the AP 400 is received from the connection destination AP 400.
[0154] 電子チケットが発券され該電子チケットを取得すると、主制御部 118は、取得した電 子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92に基づき、無線を介して AP400との接 続を可能となるように無線 LANの設定を行う(S20)。  [0154] When an electronic ticket is issued and the electronic ticket is acquired, the main control unit 118 becomes able to connect to the AP 400 via wireless based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the acquired electronic ticket. Set the wireless LAN as follows (S20).
[0155] この状態において、携帯通信装置 601を所持するユーザが施設に入場すると、携 帯通信装置 601の主制御部 118は AP400との通信を確立する。(S21)。そして、主 制御部 118は、 AP400との接続を確立すると、接続先の AP400力ら、この AP400 を識別する情報を受信する。そして、この受信した AP400を識別する情報に基づき 、電子チケットに含まれる情報を参照し、この AP400を介して行われる通信において 禁止される、携帯通信装置 601の機能を確認する(S 22)。そして、主制御部 118は 、禁止される上記機能を確認すると、この確認結果に応じて携帯通信装置 601が備 える機能を停止する (S23)。  [0155] In this state, when a user who owns portable communication device 601 enters the facility, main control unit 118 of portable communication device 601 establishes communication with AP 400. (S21). When the main control unit 118 establishes a connection with the AP 400, the main control unit 118 receives information for identifying the AP 400 from the AP 400 that is the connection destination. Then, based on the received information identifying the AP 400, the information contained in the electronic ticket is referred to and the function of the portable communication device 601 prohibited in communication performed via the AP 400 is confirmed (S22). When the main control unit 118 confirms the prohibited function, the main control unit 118 stops the function provided in the mobile communication device 601 according to the confirmation result (S23).
[0156] さらに、上記ユーザが移動し、携帯通信装置 601の接続先の AP400が変わる場合  [0156] Furthermore, when the user moves and the AP 400 to which the mobile communication device 601 is connected changes
(S24において YES)、主制御部 118は新たな AP400との接続を確立する(S25)。 そして、主制御部 118は、この新たな AP400との接続を確立すると、接続先の AP40 0から、この AP400を識別する情報を受信する。そして、受信した AP400を識別する 情報に基づき、電子チケットに含まれる情報を参照して、この AP400を介する通信 において禁止される、携帯通信装置 601の機能を確認する(S26)。そして、主制御 部 118は、禁止される上記機能を確認すると、この確認結果に応じて携帯通信装置 601が備える機能の停止の設定を変更する、すなわち禁止機能の設定を変更する( S27)。  (YES in S24), the main control unit 118 establishes a connection with a new AP 400 (S25). When the main control unit 118 establishes a connection with the new AP 400, the main control unit 118 receives information for identifying the AP 400 from the connected AP 400. Based on the received information identifying the AP 400, the function included in the mobile communication device 601 that is prohibited in communication via the AP 400 is confirmed with reference to the information included in the electronic ticket (S26). Then, when the main control unit 118 confirms the prohibited function, the main control unit 118 changes the setting for stopping the function of the mobile communication device 601 according to the confirmation result, that is, changes the setting of the prohibited function (S27).
[0157] このように、接続を確立して!/、た AP400とは別の AP400と接続を確立しなおす度 に、主制御部 118は、接続先の AP400を特定し、電子チケットに含まれる情報に基 づいて、上記機能の停止または再開の設定を変更する。 [0157] In this way, each time a connection is established and a connection is reestablished with an AP 400 different from the AP 400, the main control unit 118 identifies the connection destination AP 400 and is included in the electronic ticket. Based on information Then, change the setting to stop or restart the above function.
[0158] そして、主制御部 118が、例えば出口などユーザが退場する場所に設けられた AP 400と接続を確立すると、(S28で YES)、禁止機能として停止されていた携帯通信 装置 601の機能を再開させる (S29)。  [0158] Then, when the main control unit 118 establishes a connection with the AP 400 provided in a place where the user leaves, such as an exit (YES in S28), the function of the portable communication device 601 that has been stopped as a prohibited function Is resumed (S29).
[0159] 上記では、 AP400との接続を確立し、接続先の AP400からこの AP400の識別情 報を受信する場合について説明した。次に図 18を参照して、 AP400から発信されて いるビーコン信号を受信して、該 AP400を特定し、この AP400に応じて各種機能を 停止または再開する場合の動作について説明する。  [0159] In the above description, the case where the connection with the AP 400 is established and the identification information of the AP 400 is received from the connection destination AP 400 has been described. Next, with reference to FIG. 18, description will be given of an operation when a beacon signal transmitted from the AP 400 is received, the AP 400 is specified, and various functions are stopped or restarted according to the AP 400.
[0160] 上記図 15に示すステップ S20と同様に、電子チケットが発券され該電子チケットを 取得すると、主制御部 118は、取得した電子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92に基づき、無線を介して AP400との接続を可能となるように無線 LANの設定を行 う(S40)。  [0160] Similar to step S20 shown in Fig. 15 above, when an electronic ticket is issued and the electronic ticket is acquired, the main control unit 118 performs wireless communication based on the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the acquired electronic ticket. Set the wireless LAN so that it can be connected to the AP400 (S40).
[0161] この状態において、携帯通信装置 601を所持するユーザが施設に入場すると、携 帯通信装置 601では AP400との通信を確立するよりも前に、無線 LAN制御部 17が AP400から周期的に送信されているビーコン信号を受信することにより上記 AP400 を見出す (発見)する(S41)。そして、携帯通信装置 601では、無線 LAN制御部 17 力 Sこのビーコン信号に含まれる識別情報を機能制限情報取得部 85に送信する。機 能制限情報取得部 85は、識別情報を受信すると、情報抽出部 82に指示して電子チ ケット情報の中から機能制限情報 93を取得させる。そして、機能制限情報取得部 85 は、受信した機能制限情報 93と識別情報とを機能制限部 84に送信する。機能制限 部 84は、受信した識別情報と機能制限情報 93とに基づき、禁止機能を確認する(S 42)。  [0161] In this state, when a user who owns the mobile communication device 601 enters the facility, the wireless LAN control unit 17 periodically starts from the AP 400 before the mobile communication device 601 establishes communication with the AP 400. The AP 400 is found (discovered) by receiving the transmitted beacon signal (S41). Then, the mobile communication device 601 transmits the identification information included in the beacon signal to the function restriction information acquisition unit 85. When receiving the identification information, the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 instructs the information extraction unit 82 to acquire the function restriction information 93 from the electronic ticket information. Then, the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 transmits the received function restriction information 93 and identification information to the function restriction unit 84. The function restriction unit 84 confirms the prohibited function based on the received identification information and the function restriction information 93 (S42).
[0162] そして、機能制限部 84は、この識別情報と機能制限情報 93とに基づき、携帯通信 装置 601が有する機能のうち、禁止されている機能を停止させる(S43)。例えば、公 衆網との接続ができな ヽように設定し、他の携帯通信装置との通話を禁止する場合、 主制御部 118における機能制限部 84が、第 1アンテナを介して行われる基地局 511 との通信を禁止するように通信制御部 3を制御する。  [0162] Based on the identification information and the function restriction information 93, the function restriction unit 84 stops the prohibited functions among the functions of the mobile communication device 601 (S43). For example, when setting is made so that connection to the public network is not possible and calling with other mobile communication devices is prohibited, the function restriction unit 84 in the main control unit 118 is connected to a base station that is connected via the first antenna. The communication control unit 3 is controlled to prohibit communication with the station 511.
[0163] また、ステップ S40において携帯通信装置 601では無線 LANの設定が既に設定 済みとなっており、主制御部 118が AP400との通信を確立することができる。 (S44) [0163] In step S40, the wireless communication device 601 has already set the wireless LAN setting. The main control unit 118 can establish communication with the AP 400. (S44)
[0164] なお、上記ステップ S43において AP400との接続が禁止されている場合、もしくは 、 AP400との接続が必要とならな!/、場合などではこのこのステップ S44の処理は不 要となる。 [0164] If the connection with the AP 400 is prohibited in the above step S43, or if the connection with the AP 400 is required! /, Etc., the process of this step S44 is not necessary.
[0165] さらに、上記ユーザが移動し、当該携帯通信装置 601と通信可能となる AP400が 変わる場合、すなわち他の AP400を発見する場合(S45において YES)、ステップ S 42と同様に、この他の AP400から受信した識別情報と機能制限情報 93とに基づき 、機能制限部 84は禁止機能を確認する(S46)。  [0165] Furthermore, when the above-mentioned user moves and the AP 400 that can communicate with the mobile communication device 601 changes, that is, when another AP 400 is found (YES in S45), this other Based on the identification information received from the AP 400 and the function restriction information 93, the function restriction unit 84 confirms the prohibited function (S46).
[0166] 一方、上記 AP400と通信可能な範囲に上記携帯通信装置 601がとどまっている間  [0166] On the other hand, while the portable communication device 601 stays within the communication range with the AP 400.
(S45において NO)は、ステップ S43にて禁止した機能を停止させたままとする。  (NO in S45) keeps the function prohibited in step S43 stopped.
[0167] そして、この機能制限部 84は、この識別情報と機能制限情報 93とに基づき、携帯 通信装置 601が有する機能のうち、禁止されている機能の設定を変更させる (S47) 。そして、機能制御部 84は。この変更後の設定により禁止される機能を停止させる。  [0167] Based on the identification information and the function restriction information 93, the function restriction unit 84 changes the setting of the prohibited function among the functions of the mobile communication device 601 (S47). And the function control unit 84. The function prohibited by the setting after the change is stopped.
[0168] また、ユーザが移動し、当該携帯通信装置 601と通信可能となる AP400が変わる 場合、この携帯通信装置 601は新たな APとの接続を確立する(S48)。ただし、この ステップ S48において、 AP400との接続が禁止されている場合、もしくは、 AP400と の接続が必要とならない場合などではこのこのステップ S48の処理は不要となる。  [0168] When the user moves and the AP 400 that can communicate with the mobile communication device 601 changes, the mobile communication device 601 establishes a connection with a new AP (S48). However, in this step S48, when the connection with the AP 400 is prohibited or when the connection with the AP 400 is not required, the process of this step S48 is not necessary.
[0169] またここで、ユーザが移動し、携帯通信装置 1の所在が変更し、例えば出口などュ 一ザが退場する場所に設けられた AP400の通信可能な範囲に入った場合、携帯通 信装置 1は、この退場場所の AP400のビーコン信号を受信する。すなわち、携帯通 信装置 1は、退場場所にある AP400を発見する(S49〖こお 、て YES)。  [0169] Here, if the user moves, the location of the mobile communication device 1 changes, and enters the communicable range of the AP400 provided at the place where the user leaves, such as an exit, for example, the mobile communication device The device 1 receives the beacon signal of the AP 400 at the exit location. In other words, the mobile communication device 1 finds the AP 400 in the exit location (YES in S49).
[0170] このように、携帯通信装置 1が退場場所にある AP400を発見する場合、すなわち、 この退場場所にある AP400の識別情報を受信する場合、受信した識別情報と機能 制限情報 93とに基づき、禁止機能として停止されていた携帯通信装置 601の機能を 再開させる(S50)。  [0170] Thus, when the mobile communication device 1 discovers the AP 400 at the exit location, that is, when receiving the identification information of the AP 400 at the exit location, the mobile communication device 1 is based on the received identification information and the function restriction information 93. Then, the function of the portable communication device 601 that has been stopped as the prohibited function is resumed (S50).
[0171] 一方、携帯通信装置 1が退場場所にある AP400を発見するまで、すなわちステツ プ S49にお!/、て「NO」の場合は、ステップ S45に戻り処理を繰り返す。 [0172] 上記図 15および図 18を参照して、 AP400の通信可能な範囲に携帯通信装置 1が 入ってきたとき、該 AP400から受信したビーコン信号に含まれる識別情報に基づき 当該携帯通信装置 1が有する機能を停止および再開する構成と、 AP400と接続を確 立した後に、該 AP400から送信された識別情報に基づき当該携帯通信装置 1が有 する機能を停止および再開する構成とについて、それぞれ別々に説明した。 [0171] On the other hand, until the mobile communication device 1 finds the AP 400 at the exit location, that is, if the answer is “NO” in step S49, the process returns to step S45 and the process is repeated. Referring to FIG. 15 and FIG. 18 above, when mobile communication device 1 enters the communicable range of AP 400, mobile communication device 1 based on the identification information included in the beacon signal received from AP 400 The configuration for stopping and restarting the functions of the mobile communication device 1 and the configuration for stopping and restarting the functions of the mobile communication device 1 based on the identification information transmitted from the AP 400 after establishing a connection with the AP 400 are separately provided. Explained.
[0173] しかしながら、当該携帯通信装置 1では、上記ビーコン信号に含まれる識別情報と 、接続を確立した AP400から受信した識別情報両方とに基づき当該携帯通信装置 1 が有する機能を停止および再開する構成としてもよい。この場合、図 15において、ス テツプ S20の後に、 AP400を発見したか否かを確認し、発見できた場合は、該 AP4 00のビーコン信号に含まれる識別情報に基づき禁止とされる機能を停止させる。そ して、ステップ S21において AP400との接続を確立し、 AP400から受信した識別情 報に基づき、再度禁止機能を確認し (S22)、禁止とされる機能を停止する (S23)。  [0173] However, the mobile communication device 1 is configured to stop and restart the function of the mobile communication device 1 based on both the identification information included in the beacon signal and the identification information received from the AP 400 that has established the connection. It is good. In this case, in FIG. 15, after step S20, it is confirmed whether or not AP400 has been found, and if found, the function prohibited based on the identification information contained in the AP400 beacon signal is stopped. Let In step S21, a connection with the AP 400 is established, and the prohibited function is confirmed again based on the identification information received from the AP 400 (S22), and the prohibited function is stopped (S23).
[0174] また、ステップ S 24にお!/、て接続先の AP400が変わった場合、この新たな AP400 力も受信したビーコン信号に含まれる識別情報に基づき、禁止機能を確認し、禁止と される機能の設定変更を行う。そして、新たな AP400との接続を確立し (S25)、接続 先となる AP400から受信した識別情報に基づき、再度禁止機能を確認し (S26)、禁 止とされる機能の設定を変更する(S27)。  [0174] In addition, when the connection destination AP400 changes in step S24, the new AP400 power is also checked based on the identification information contained in the received beacon signal and is prohibited. Change function settings. Then, the connection with the new AP 400 is established (S25), the prohibited function is confirmed again based on the identification information received from the AP 400 that is the connection destination (S26), and the setting of the prohibited function is changed (S26). S27).
[0175] そして、図 15のステップ S28における退場場所の APと接続を確立する前に、退場 場所の AP400を発見したか確認する。ここで退場場所の AP400を発見した場合は 、禁止機能として停止されている機能をすベて再開させる。そして、退場場所の AP4 00との接続を確立し、再度禁止機能として停止されて!ヽる機能をすベて再開したか 確認し、確実に機能の再開を実行する(S29)。  [0175] Then, before establishing a connection with the AP at the exit location in step S28 in Fig. 15, it is confirmed whether the AP 400 at the exit location has been found. If AP400 is found at the exit location, all the functions that have been stopped as a prohibited function are resumed. Then, it establishes a connection with AP400 at the exit location, confirms whether all functions that have been stopped again as a prohibited function have been resumed, and reliably resumes the function (S29).
[0176] このように構成される場合、携帯通信装置 1と AP400との間で送受信する電波の状 態が悪い場合であっても、確実に携帯通信装置 1が有する機能の停止および再開を 行うことができる。  [0176] With such a configuration, even if the state of the radio wave transmitted and received between the mobile communication device 1 and the AP 400 is poor, the function of the mobile communication device 1 is surely stopped and restarted. be able to.
[0177] あるいは、上記した構成のうちいずれかによつて携帯通信装置 1が有する機能の停 止および再開を実行する構成であってもよ 、。  [0177] Alternatively, the function of the mobile communication device 1 may be stopped and restarted by any one of the above-described configurations.
[0178] このような AP400は、電波が拡散しないように、指向性の高いアンテナを使用し、 ユーザがそこを通ったときのみ通信が可能にしておくような構成にしておくことが望ま しい。また、それ以外の AP400は、できるだけたくさんのユーザに対して指示情報を 通知できるようなアンテナを使用することが望ま 、。 [0178] Such an AP400 uses a highly directional antenna to prevent radio waves from spreading, It is desirable to have a configuration that allows communication only when the user passes there. In addition, it is desirable for other AP400s to use antennas that can notify instruction information to as many users as possible.
[0179] このように、上記電子チケットシステム 501によれば、医療機器への影響、周囲の人 に対する騒音、映画館やコンサート会場での盗撮や盗聴などの問題を、使い勝手の 低下を抑制しつつ解決することができる。すなわち、例えば、コンサートの主催者側 で、盗撮および盗聴を防止したい場所には、この場所に設置される AP400に対応す る機能制限情報 93に含まれる停止 (禁止)機能として、例えばカメラ機能およびボイ スレコード機能を含めるようにすれば良ぐまたコンサート会場内の通話やメール送受 信を禁止したい場合には、コンサート会場内に備えられた AP400に対応する機能制 限情報 93に含まれる停止 (禁止)機能として、通信機能を含めるようにすれば良い。 逆に、コンサート会場の外のホール等では、該ホールに備えられた AP400に対応す る機能制限情報 93に含まれる停止 (禁止)機能は、特に禁止される機能を設定しな いようにすればよい。 [0179] As described above, according to the electronic ticket system 501 described above, the influence on the medical device, noise to surrounding people, problems such as voyeurism and eavesdropping in a movie theater or a concert venue are suppressed while suppressing a decrease in usability. Can be solved. That is, for example, in a place where a concert organizer wants to prevent voyeurism and eavesdropping, as a stop (prohibited) function included in the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP 400 installed in this place, for example, a camera function and If you want to include the voice record function, and if you want to prohibit calls and emails in the concert venue, the suspension (included in the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP400 provided in the concert venue ( (Prohibited) The communication function should be included as a function. Conversely, in halls outside the concert venue, the stop (prohibited) function included in the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP400 provided in the hall should not be set as a prohibited function. That's fine.
[0180] また、このように場所ごとに備えられた AP400に対応する機能制限情報 93によつ て、携帯通信装置 600が備える機能を、コンサート会場内、会場外などにおいて適 切に停止 (禁止)させたり、再開させたりして設定を変更させることができるため、ユー ザに対して必要以上の負担を強いることがなぐコンサート会場のホールでの待合せ なども行うことができる。  [0180] In addition, the function restriction information 93 corresponding to the AP 400 provided for each place as described above appropriately stops (prohibits) the functions of the mobile communication device 600 inside or outside the concert venue. ) Or restarting, you can change the settings, so you can meet in the hall of the concert hall where you do not place an unnecessary burden on users.
[0181] また、上述したシネコンのように、複数の劇場から構成される複合、電子チケットに 含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92を、無線通信装置 601を所持するユーザが利用する 場所 (劇場)にのみ有効となるようにしてもよい。  [0181] Further, like the above-described cine-con, the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in a composite electronic ticket including a plurality of theaters is used only in a place (theatre) used by the user who owns the wireless communication device 601. You may make it become effective.
[0182] 例えば、ユーザが劇場 Aで上映される映画を鑑賞しに行くとする。この場合、携帯 通信装置 601が電子チケット発券装置 101から劇場 Aで上映される映画の電子チケ ットを購入した場合、この電子チケットには、共有空間であるロビーと劇場 Aとに備え られた AP400に対して接続を確立できる無線 LAN設定情報 93が含まれる。このよう にして、ユーザが利用する場所 (劇場)以外では、 AP400を介して無線通信を行うこ とができな!/、ようにすることもできる。 [0183] また、このように携帯通信装置 601が、ユーザが利用する場所に設けられた AP40 0とのみ接続を確立できるように構成されて 、る場合、 AP400と接続が確立できな ヽ 場所では、携帯通信装置 601の表示部 12において、主制御部 18が誤った場所にい る旨を通知する表示を行うように構成されて 、ることが好ま U、。 [0182] For example, it is assumed that the user goes to watch a movie shown in theater A. In this case, when the mobile communication device 601 purchases an electronic ticket for a movie to be screened in the theater A from the electronic ticket issuing device 101, the electronic ticket is provided in the lobby, which is a shared space, and the theater A. Wireless LAN setting information 93 that can establish a connection with the AP 400 is included. In this way, it is not possible to communicate wirelessly via the AP400 outside the user's location (theatre)! /. [0183] In addition, when the mobile communication device 601 is configured so as to be able to establish a connection only with the AP 400 provided in the place where the user uses, in such a case, the connection with the AP 400 cannot be established. It is preferable that the display unit 12 of the mobile communication device 601 is configured to display so that the main control unit 18 is in the wrong place.
[0184] このように、携帯通信装置 601において通知がなされることで、誤った場所 (劇場) に 、るユーザに退出を促すことができる。  [0184] As described above, the notification is made in the mobile communication device 601, so that the user who is in the wrong place (theatre) can be prompted to leave.
[0185] なお、図 12に示すように、携帯通信装置 601の基地局 511を介して行う通信の停 止は、電子チケット情報 91に含まれる機能制限情報 93によって指示する構成であつ た力 これに限定されるものではない。  Note that, as shown in FIG. 12, the stop of communication performed via the base station 511 of the mobile communication device 601 is a force indicated by the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket information 91. It is not limited to.
[0186] 例えば、無線 LAN設定部 83が、無線 LANの設定を行った場合、すなわち AP40 0と接続を確立できるように設定した場合、機能制限部 84が、基地局 511を介して電 話回線網 512を使用して通信を行う機能を停止するように指示する構成であってもよ い。すなわち、実施形態 1の場合は、機能制限管理装置 300側から、基地局 511を 介して行う通信を停止するように機能制限情報 70に含めて携帯通信装置 600に指 示することができた。しカゝしながら、実施形態 2の場合は、接続先の AP400aごとに携 帯通信装置 600が備える機能のうち停止させられる機能が予め決まっている。このた め、無線 LAN設定部 83が、 AP400と接続を確立できるように設定を行うと、自動的 に、基地局 511を介して行う通信を停止すように指示する構成とすることもできる。  [0186] For example, when the wireless LAN setting unit 83 performs the wireless LAN setting, that is, when the wireless LAN setting unit 83 is set so as to establish a connection with the AP 400, the function restriction unit 84 performs the telephone line via the base station 511. The configuration may be such that the function of performing communication using the network 512 is stopped. That is, in the case of the first embodiment, the function restriction management device 300 side can instruct the mobile communication device 600 to include the function restriction information 70 so as to stop the communication performed via the base station 511. However, in the case of the second embodiment, the function to be stopped among the functions of the mobile communication device 600 is determined in advance for each AP 400a to be connected. For this reason, the wireless LAN setting unit 83 may be configured to automatically instruct to stop communication performed via the base station 511 when setting is made so that the connection with the AP 400 can be established.
[0187] このように、自動的に、基地局 511を介して行う通信を停止すように指示する構成の 場合、上記図 15に示した処理フローにおけるステップ S20にて無線 LANの設定が 完了すると、次のステップで公衆網との接続を停止する。あるいは、上記図 18に示し た処理フローにおけるステップ S40にて無線 LANの設定が完了すると、次のステツ プで公衆網との接続を停止する。  [0187] As described above, in the case of a configuration that automatically instructs to stop communication performed via the base station 511, when the wireless LAN setting is completed in step S20 in the processing flow shown in FIG. In the next step, the connection with the public network is stopped. Alternatively, when the wireless LAN setting is completed in step S40 in the processing flow shown in FIG. 18, the connection to the public network is stopped in the next step.
[0188] なお、実施形態 1の携帯通信装置 600においても、実施形態 2と同様に、無線 LA Nの設定が行われたら、自動的に、基地局 511を介して行う通信を停止すように構成 してちよい。  [0188] Note that, in the mobile communication device 600 of the first embodiment, as in the second embodiment, when the wireless lan is set, the communication performed via the base station 511 is automatically stopped. May be configured.
[0189] なお、上記したように、携帯通信装置 601において無線 LANの設定の開始に応じ て、基地局 2を介し電話回線網 512を使用して行う通信を停止する構成の場合、図 1 2に示す機能制限情報 93には、電話機能の実行の許可または禁止を指示する情報 を含める必要がない。 [0189] Note that, as described above, in the case where the mobile communication device 601 is configured to stop communication using the telephone line network 512 via the base station 2 in response to the start of wireless LAN setting, FIG. The function restriction information 93 shown in 2 need not include information for instructing permission or prohibition of execution of the telephone function.
[0190] また、上記した「機能の停止または再開処理 2」において、携帯通信装置 601が出 口に設けられた AP400と接続を確立した場合、主制御部 118は、停止していた機能 を再開させるように構成されているがこれに限定されるものではない。例えば、電子チ ケット発券装置 101から受信した電子チケットに含まれる機能制限情報 93には有効 期限が予め設けられ有効期限がすぎると停止されていた機能を全て再開させるよう に構成されていてもよい。  [0190] In addition, when the mobile communication device 601 establishes a connection with the AP 400 provided at the exit in the “function stop or resume process 2” described above, the main control unit 118 resumes the stopped function. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the function restriction information 93 included in the electronic ticket received from the electronic ticket issuing device 101 may be configured so that an expiration date is provided in advance and all functions that have been stopped when the expiration date is over are resumed. .
[0191] また、無線 LAN設定部 83は、設定した無線 LANの設定の解除を、ユーザからの 指示に応じて行ってもよい。あるいは、ユーザが施設力も退場する際に、上記電子チ ケット確認装置にて電子チケットによる退場確認が行われた際に設定される構成であ つてもよい。すなわち、携帯通信装置 601はさらに RFID (Radio Frequency Identified tion)、赤外線、 Bluetoothなど、通信可能な距離が比較的短い他の無線通信手段を 備え、出口に設けられたゲートなど力もこれら無線手段によって、制限されている機 能の再開を示す指示を受信する構成であってもよい。これにより、例えば、ユーザが コンサートホール等の施設から退場する際、該施設で有効となる LANの設定を解除 することができる。  [0191] Further, the wireless LAN setting unit 83 may cancel the set wireless LAN setting in accordance with an instruction from the user. Alternatively, it may be configured such that when the user also leaves the facility, the electronic ticket confirmation device confirms the exit with an electronic ticket. That is, the portable communication device 601 further includes other wireless communication means such as RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), infrared, and Bluetooth, which have a relatively short communicable distance. It may be configured to receive an instruction indicating resumption of a restricted function. Thereby, for example, when a user leaves a facility such as a concert hall, the LAN setting effective in the facility can be canceled.
[0192] また、逆に形態通信装置 601は、上記した無線手段によって、入り口に設けられた ゲートを通過する際、このゲートに備えられている無線手段力 の指示に応じて AP4 00との無線による接続を確立し、基地局 501を介して行う通信を禁止するように構成 されていてもよい。  [0192] On the contrary, when the form communication device 601 passes through the gate provided at the entrance by the above-described wireless means, the wireless communication with the AP 400 is performed according to the instruction of the wireless means power provided in the gate. It is also possible to establish a connection according to the above and prohibit communication performed via the base station 501.
[0193] これにより、例えば、ユーザがコンサートホール等の施設に入場する際、該施設で 有効となる無線 LANの設定が行われ、また第 1アンテナを介して行われる他の通信 装置との通信を遮断することができる。  Accordingly, for example, when a user enters a facility such as a concert hall, a wireless LAN that is effective in the facility is set, and communication with other communication devices is performed via the first antenna. Can be cut off.
[0194] また、携帯通信装置 601において機能が停止されたり、停止された機能が再開した りするたびに、現在停止されている機能を主制御部 18が表示部 12に表示させてュ 一ザに確認をとらせる構成であってもよい。また、携帯通信装置 601において機能が 停止されたり、停止された機能が再開されたりするたびに、特定のバイブレーションに よって、または特定の音をスピーカ 5から鳴らしたり、上記携帯通信装置 601が表示 灯として、例えば LED (Light Emitting Diode)などを備えている場合、この表示灯を 点滅してユーザに知らせる構成であってもよい。 [0194] In addition, whenever the function is stopped in the mobile communication device 601 or the stopped function is restarted, the main control unit 18 causes the display unit 12 to display the currently stopped function. The configuration may be such that confirmation is taken. In addition, whenever a function is stopped in the mobile communication device 601 or a stopped function is restarted, a specific vibration is generated. Therefore, when a specific sound is emitted from the speaker 5 or when the portable communication device 601 includes an LED (Light Emitting Diode) as an indicator, for example, the indicator flashes to notify the user. May be.
[0195] また、上記電子チケット発券装置 101は、販売する電子チケットの中に含める無線 LAN設定情報 92に予め有効となる期限情報をつけておいてもよい。すなわち、この 期限情報を例えばコンサートが行われた日まで、もしくはコンサートが終了した時間 までと設定しておくことで、適切に無線 LANの設定を無効とすることができる。  [0195] Further, the electronic ticket issuing device 101 may add valid period information to the wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket to be sold in advance. In other words, by setting this deadline information until, for example, the date of the concert or the time of the end of the concert, the wireless LAN setting can be appropriately invalidated.
[0196] また、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 501では、電子チケットを携帯通信 装置 601が購入し、電子チケットが含む無線 LAN設定情報 92に基づき、該携帯通 信装置 601が AP400と無線による接続を確立するようになっている力 上記無線 LA N設定情報 92の取得方法はこれに限定されるものではない。  [0196] Also, in electronic ticket system 501 according to the present embodiment, portable communication device 601 purchases an electronic ticket, and based on wireless LAN setting information 92 included in the electronic ticket, portable communication device 601 wirelessly communicates with AP 400. The power for establishing the connection by the wireless LAN setting information 92 is not limited to this.
[0197] 例えば、電子チケットとは別に、上記携帯通信装置 600は、基地局 511を介して、 電子チケット発券システム 101から無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得する構成であっても よい。この場合、機能制限情報 93も合わせて取得されることが好ましい。さらには、上 記携帯通信装置 601は、購入した上記電子チケットによって劇場または映画館等の 施設に入場する際に、基地局 511を介して電子チケット発券システム 100から無線 L AN設定情報 92および Zまたは機能制限情報 93を取得してもよい。あるいは、上記 携帯通信装置 601は、さらに RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)、赤外線、 Bluet oothなど、通信可能な距離が比較的短い他の無線通信手段をさらに備え、購入した 上記電子チケットによって劇場または映画館等の施設に入場する際に、この無線通 信手段によって、無線 LAN設定情報 92および Zまたは機能制限情報 93を取得し てもよい。このように他の無線通信手段によって無線 LAN設定情報 92および Zまた は機能制限情報 93を取得する場合、この無線通信手段が取得した無線 LAN設定 情報 92を主制御部 18に送信することで、無線 LANの設定を実現することができる。  For example, apart from the electronic ticket, the mobile communication device 600 may be configured to acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 from the electronic ticket issuing system 101 via the base station 511. In this case, it is preferable that the function restriction information 93 is also acquired. Further, when the mobile communication device 601 enters the facility such as a theater or a movie theater with the purchased electronic ticket, the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z are sent from the electronic ticket issuing system 100 via the base station 511. Alternatively, the function restriction information 93 may be acquired. Alternatively, the mobile communication device 601 further includes other wireless communication means having a relatively short communicable distance, such as RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), infrared, bluetooth, etc., and depending on the purchased electronic ticket, The wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or the function restriction information 93 may be acquired by this wireless communication means when entering a facility such as the above. Thus, when acquiring the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or function restriction information 93 by other wireless communication means, by transmitting the wireless LAN setting information 92 acquired by this wireless communication means to the main control unit 18, Wireless LAN settings can be realized.
[0198] もしくは、ユーザが購入した上記電子チケットによって劇場または映画館等の施設 に入場する際に、無線 LAN設定情報 92および Zまたは機能制限情報 93が記録さ れた QR (Quick Response)コード (登録商標)などの 2次元コードが印刷された用紙を 渡される。そして、この QRコードから携帯通信装置 601が無線 LAN設定情報 92お よび/または機能制限情報 93を取得してもよい。なお、この QRコードから無線 LAN 設定情報 92および Zまたは機能制限情報 93を取得する場合、携帯通信装置 601 は、さらに QRコードの読取り部を備え、読取った情報を主制御部 18に送信すること で無線 LANの設定および機能制限情報 93の取得を実現することができる。 [0198] Alternatively, when entering a facility such as a theater or a movie theater using the electronic ticket purchased by the user, a QR (Quick Response) code that records wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or function restriction information 93 ( A sheet of paper on which a two-dimensional code such as a registered trademark is printed. Then, from this QR code, the mobile communication device 601 can receive wireless LAN setting information 92 And / or the function restriction information 93 may be acquired. When acquiring the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or the function restriction information 93 from this QR code, the portable communication device 601 further includes a QR code reading unit, and transmits the read information to the main control unit 18. With this, it is possible to obtain wireless LAN settings and function restriction information 93.
[0199] また、携帯通信装置 601は、電子チケットを購入した際に指定された WEBサイトに アクセスし、該 WEBサイトから無線 LAN設定情報 92および Zまたは機能制限情報 9 3を取得してもよい。あるいは、電子チケット発券装置 101が、電子チケットの購入時 に携帯通信装置 601からメールアドレスを取得し、該メールアドレスに対してメールの 添付ファイルとして上記無線 LAN設定情報 92および Zまたは機能制限情報 93を送 信する。そして携帯通信装置 601は、このメールを受信することで無線 LAN設定情 報 92および機能制限情報 93を取得してもよい。  [0199] In addition, the mobile communication device 601 may access the website specified when the electronic ticket is purchased, and acquire the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or the function restriction information 93 from the website. . Alternatively, the electronic ticket issuing device 101 obtains an email address from the portable communication device 601 when purchasing the electronic ticket, and the wireless LAN setting information 92 and Z or function restriction information 93 is attached to the email address as an attached file of the email. Send. Then, the mobile communication device 601 may obtain the wireless LAN setting information 92 and the function restriction information 93 by receiving this mail.
[0200] また、例えば、映画などのように映画館において 1日に複数回上映が行われる場合 、電子チケット発券装置 101は、電子チケットに含まれる無線 LAN設定情報 92およ び/または機能制限情報 93を上映回ごとに異なる情報とする構成であってもよい。 この場合、この映画館において備えられる AP400の設定も上映回ごとに異なるように 変更する。  [0200] In addition, for example, when a movie is shown multiple times a day in a movie theater, the electronic ticket issuing device 101 uses the wireless LAN setting information 92 and / or the function restriction included in the electronic ticket. The information 93 may be different information for each screening time. In this case, the setting of AP400 provided in this movie theater is also changed so that it differs for each show.
[0201] また、携帯通信装置 601が無線 LAN設定情報 92を取得した場合、その無線 LAN の設定に関する説明を表示部 12に表示するようにしてもよい。そして、表示する説明 のメッセージ等の内容は、電子チケット情報 91に含めて電子チケット発券装置 101 から送信し、携帯通信装置 600に格納し、表示する際に電子チケット情報 91から抽 出してもよい。これにより、 LANの設定方法の説明を、表示部 12に表示させることが できるため、該 LANの設定をユーザに説明することができ、ユーザは該 LANの設定 を容易に設定することができる。  [0201] In addition, when the mobile communication device 601 acquires the wireless LAN setting information 92, the display unit 12 may display an explanation regarding the setting of the wireless LAN. Then, the contents of the explanation message to be displayed may be included in the electronic ticket information 91, transmitted from the electronic ticket issuing device 101, stored in the portable communication device 600, and extracted from the electronic ticket information 91 when displayed. . As a result, the description of the LAN setting method can be displayed on the display unit 12, so that the LAN setting can be explained to the user, and the user can easily set the LAN setting.
[0202] また、本実施の形態に係る電子チケットシステム 501において、携帯通信装置 601 は、購入した電子チケットの内容を、当該携帯通信装置 601の表示部 12に表示され るように構成されて 、ることが好まし!/、。  [0202] Also, in the electronic ticket system 501 according to the present embodiment, the mobile communication device 601 is configured to display the contents of the purchased electronic ticket on the display unit 12 of the mobile communication device 601. I like it! /
[0203] 実施の形態 2でも詳細に説明したが、実施の形態 1および実施の形態 2で示した携 帯通信装置 600· 601において、 AP400との接続が確立してから、機能を制限する ようにしていた力 AP400を発見したら機能の制限をするようにしても良い。例えば、 AP400aからのビーコンを受信することによって、 AP400aに対応した機能を禁止す るようにしても良 、。 APの通信範囲に入ることで機能を変更すると 、うことをするだけ でよぐアルゴリズムの短縮が図られる。 [0203] As described in detail in the second embodiment, the functions of the mobile communication devices 600 and 601 shown in the first and second embodiments are limited after the connection with the AP 400 is established. If you find AP400, you may be able to limit the functions. For example, the function corresponding to AP400a may be prohibited by receiving the beacon from AP400a. If the function is changed by entering the communication range of the AP, the algorithm can be shortened by just doing it.
[0204] 実施の形態 1および実施の形態 2で示した携帯通信装置 600 · 601において、ある 機能が禁止されているのであれば、内蔵時計 19の変更をすることを禁止する方がよ い。そうしなければ、内蔵時計 19を変更することによって、禁止されていた機能が解 除されてしまう場合が考えられるからである。また、機能制限管理装置 300や電子チ ケット発券装置 101と携帯通信装置 600 · 601における時計は、同じ時刻を示してい ることが望ましい。これらの装置の時計を合わせる方法は、どのようなものでも良ぐ任 意の方法が使用される。  [0204] If certain functions are prohibited in portable communication devices 600 and 601 shown in the first and second embodiments, it is better to prohibit the change of the built-in clock 19. Otherwise, changing the built-in clock 19 may cause the prohibited function to be canceled. Further, it is desirable that the clocks in the function restriction management device 300, the electronic ticket issuing device 101, and the portable communication devices 600 and 601 indicate the same time. Any method can be used to set the clocks of these devices.
[0205] 最後に、実施形態 1および実施形態 2において示した、電子チケット発券装置 100 •101、接続管理サーバ 200、機能制限管理装置 300、中継装置 400a〜中継装置 400b,携帯通信装置 600 · 601、特に携帯通信装置 600 · 601の電子チケット管理 部 81、情報抽出部 82、無線 LAN設定部 83、機能制限部 84、機能制限情報取得部 85は、ハードウェアロジックによって構成してもよいし、次のように CPUを用いてソフト ウェアによって実現してもよ 、。  Finally, as shown in the first and second embodiments, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 • 101, the connection management server 200, the function restriction management device 300, the relay device 400a to the relay device 400b, the portable communication device 600 · 601 In particular, the electronic ticket management unit 81, the information extraction unit 82, the wireless LAN setting unit 83, the function restriction unit 84, and the function restriction information acquisition unit 85 of the portable communication devices 600 and 601 may be configured by hardware logic, It may be realized by software using a CPU as follows.
[0206] すなわち、電子チケット発券装置 100 · 101、接続管理サーバ 200、機能制限管理 装置 300、中継装置 400a〜400c、携帯通信装置 600 · 601は、各機能を実現する 制御プログラムの命令を実行する CPU (central processing unit) ,上記プログラムを 格納した ROM (read only memory)、上記プログラムを展開する RAM (random acces s memory)、上記プログラムおよび各種データを格納するメモリ等の記憶装置 (記録 媒体)などを備えている。そして、本発明の目的は、上述した機能を実現するソフトゥ エアである電子チケット発券装置 100 · 101、接続管理サーバ 200、機能制限管理装 置 300、中 ϋ装置 400a〜400c、携帯通信装置 600 · 601の制御プログラムのプログ ラムコード(実行形式プログラム、中間コードプログラム、ソースプログラム)をコンビュ ータで読み取り可能に記録した記録媒体を、電子チケット発券装置 100 · 101、接続 管理サーバ 200、機能制限管理装置 300、中継装置 400a〜400c、携帯通信装置 600· 601に供給し、そのコンピュータ(または CPUや MPU)が記録媒体に記録され て 、るプログラムコードを読み出し実行することによつても、達成可能である。 That is, the electronic ticket issuing device 100 · 101, the connection management server 200, the function restriction management device 300, the relay devices 400a to 400c, and the portable communication devices 600 · 601 execute instructions of a control program that realizes each function. CPU (central processing unit), ROM (read only memory) that stores the above program, RAM (random access memory) that expands the program, storage device (recording medium) such as memory that stores the program and various data, etc. It has. The object of the present invention is to provide an electronic ticket issuing device 100 · 101, a connection management server 200, a function restriction management device 300, a central device 400a to 400c, a mobile communication device 600 · 601 control program program code (executable program, intermediate code program, source program) is recorded in a computer readable recording medium, electronic ticket issuing device 100 · 101, connection management server 200, function restriction management Device 300, relay device 400a-400c, portable communication device This can also be achieved by supplying the program code 600.601 to the computer (or CPU or MPU) recorded on a recording medium, and reading and executing the program code.
[0207] 上記記録媒体としては、例えば、磁気テープやカセットテープ等のテープ系、フロッ ピー(登録商標)ディスク Zハードディスク等の磁気ディスクや CD— ROMZMOZ MD/DVD/CD—R等の光ディスクを含むディスク系、 ICカード (メモリカードを含 む) Z光カード等のカード系、あるいはマスク ROMZEPROMZEEPROMZフラッ シュ ROM等の半導体メモリ系などを用いることができる。 [0207] Examples of the recording medium include magnetic tapes such as magnetic tapes and cassette tapes, magnetic disks such as floppy disk Z hard disks, and optical disks such as CD-ROMZMOZ MD / DVD / CD-R. Disk systems, IC cards (including memory cards) Z optical cards and other card systems, or mask ROMZEPROMZEEPROMZ flash ROM and other semiconductor memory systems can be used.
[0208] また、電子チケット発券装置 100· 101、接続管理サーバ 200、機能制限管理装置 300、中 ϋ装置 400a〜400c、携帯通信装置 600· 601を通信ネットワークと接続可 能に構成し、上記プログラムコードを通信ネットワークを介して供給してもよい。この通 信ネットワークとしては、特に限定されず、例えば、インターネット、イントラネット、ェキ ストラネット、 LAN, ISDN, VAN, CATV通信網、仮想専用網(virtual private netw ork)、電話回線網、移動体通信網、衛星通信網等が利用可能である。また、通信ネ ットワークを構成する伝送媒体としては、特に限定されず、例えば、 IEEE1394、 US B、電力線搬送、ケーブル TV回線、電話線、 ADSL回線等の有線でも、 IrDAゃリモ コンのような赤外線、 BluetootM登録商標)、 802. 11無線、 HDR、携帯電話網、 衛星回線、地上波デジタル網等の無線でも利用可能である。なお、本発明は、上記 プログラムコードが電子的な伝送で具現ィ匕された、搬送波に埋め込まれたコンビユー タデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 [0208] The electronic ticket issuing device 100 · 101, connection management server 200, function restriction management device 300, intermediate devices 400a to 400c, and portable communication devices 600 · 601 are configured to be connectable to a communication network, and the program The code may be supplied via a communication network. The communication network is not particularly limited. For example, the Internet, intranet, extranet, LAN, ISDN, VAN, CATV communication network, virtual private network, telephone line network, mobile communication A network, a satellite communication network, etc. can be used. Also, the transmission medium constituting the communication network is not particularly limited. For example, even in the case of wired communication such as IEEE1394, USB, power line carrier, cable TV line, telephone line, ADSL line, infrared ray such as IrDA remote control. , BluetootM registered trademark), 802.11 wireless, HDR, mobile phone network, satellite line, terrestrial digital network, etc. The present invention can also be realized in the form of a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program code is embodied by electronic transmission.
[0209] 本発明に係る機能管理システムは、以上のように、通信装置と、上記通信装置が有 する機能のうち少なくとも一部の機能を制御させる指示情報を、上記通信装置に送 信する管理装置と、上記管理装置と通信可能に接続されており、該管理装置と上記 通信装置との通信を中継する中継装置とを備えたシステムであって、上記管理装置 力 上記中継装置に対して指示情報を送信しており、上記通信装置が上記中継装 置と接続を確立した場合、上記管理装置から送信される指示情報に基づき、当該通 信装置が備える機能を制御する構成である。  [0209] As described above, the function management system according to the present invention transmits a communication device and instruction information for controlling at least a part of the functions of the communication device to the communication device. And a relay device that relays communication between the management device and the communication device, wherein the management device is instructed to the relay device. When information is transmitted and the communication device establishes a connection with the relay device, the function of the communication device is controlled based on the instruction information transmitted from the management device.
[0210] なお、上記指示情報とは、例えば、通信装置が有する機能のうちいずれの機能に ついて停止もしくは再開させる力など指示する情報である。 [0211] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記した構成において、上記中継装置 は複数備えられており、上記管理装置が、上記各中継装置に対してそれぞれ異なる 指示情報を送信するように構成されて 、ることが好ま 、。 [0210] The instruction information is information indicating, for example, the power to stop or restart any function among the functions of the communication device. [0211] Further, the function management system according to the present invention is configured such that, in the configuration described above, a plurality of the relay devices are provided, and the management device transmits different instruction information to each of the relay devices. Preferred to be composed ,.
[0212] 上記の構成によれば、管理装置は、各中継装置に対してそれぞれ異なる指示情報 を送信するため、通信装置は、接続を確立した中継装置ごとに応じて、異なる指示情 報を受信することになる。すなわち、上記通信装置は、上記複数の中継装置のうちい ずれと接続を確立するかに応じて、自装置が備える機能が制御される制御状態が異 なる。  [0212] According to the above configuration, since the management device transmits different instruction information to each relay device, the communication device receives different instruction information according to each relay device that has established a connection. Will do. That is, the control state in which the function of the communication device is controlled differs depending on which of the plurality of relay devices establishes the connection.
[0213] このように、上記中継装置それぞれが備えられている場所ごとに、通信装置は異な る指示情報を受信することができるため、本発明に係る機能管理システムでは、場所 に応じて通信装置が有する機能が制御されている状態を変更させることができる。  [0213] Thus, since the communication device can receive different instruction information for each place where each of the relay devices is provided, in the function management system according to the present invention, the communication device depends on the location. It is possible to change the state in which the functions of the are controlled.
[0214] したがって、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、場所に応じて通信装置が有する機 能を柔軟に制御することができる。  [0214] Therefore, the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location.
[0215] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記した構成にぉ 、て、上記管理装置 力 上記指示情報を記憶する管理記憶装置と、上記管理記憶装置に記憶された指 示情報の中から各中継装置に送信すべき指示情報を選択する選択手段とを備えて いてもよい。  [0215] In addition, the function management system according to the present invention includes, in the above-described configuration, a management storage device that stores the instruction information and the instruction information stored in the management storage device. Selecting means for selecting instruction information to be transmitted to each relay device.
[0216] 上記構成によれば、管理装置は、選択手段を備えているため、管理記憶装置に記 憶されている指示情報の中から通信装置に送信する指示情報を選択することができ る。このため、機能管理システムは、中継装置と接続を確立している通信装置に対し て適切に選択した指示情報を送信することによって、通信装置は、この指示情報に 基づき、当該通信装置が備える機能のうち所望される機能を停止または再開させる など制御することができる。  [0216] According to the above configuration, since the management device includes the selection unit, the instruction information to be transmitted to the communication device can be selected from the instruction information stored in the management storage device. For this reason, the function management system transmits the instruction information appropriately selected to the communication apparatus that has established a connection with the relay apparatus, so that the communication apparatus has the functions provided in the communication apparatus based on the instruction information. It is possible to control such as stopping or restarting a desired function.
[0217] したがって、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、通信装置を取り巻く周囲の状況に 応じて、適切に当該通信装置の機能を制御することができる。  Therefore, the function management system according to the present invention can appropriately control the function of the communication device in accordance with the surrounding situation surrounding the communication device.
[0218] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記した構成にぉ 、て、上記管理装置 力 外部から入力された、選択される指示情報を示す選択情報を受け付ける入力受 付手段をさらに備え、上記選択手段が、上記入力受付手段によって受け付けられた 選択情報に基づき、選択する指示情報を変更するように構成されていることが好まし い。 [0218] Further, the function management system according to the present invention further includes input receiving means for receiving selection information indicating instruction information to be selected, which has been input from the outside of the management apparatus, according to the configuration described above. The selection means is accepted by the input acceptance means It is preferable that the instruction information to be selected is changed based on the selection information.
[0219] 上記外部から入力された、選択される指示情報とは、例えば、ユーザによって指示 された指示情報、あるいは上映される映画の映像の開始または音声が流れはじめる 時点等、提供されるサービスの状況に応じて、該状況の変化を示す情報などが含ま れる。  [0219] The selected instruction information input from the outside is, for example, the instruction information instructed by the user, or the start of the video of the movie to be screened or the time when the sound starts to flow. Depending on the situation, information indicating the change in the situation is included.
[0220] 上記機能管理システムでは、入力受付手段によって受け付けた、上記外部から入 力された、選択される指示情報に基づき、選択手段が、指示情報を選択できるため、 管理装置は、中継装置に送信する指示情報を柔軟に変更させることができる。  [0220] In the above function management system, since the selection means can select the instruction information based on the selected instruction information received from the outside and received by the input reception means, the management apparatus transmits to the relay apparatus. The instruction information to be transmitted can be flexibly changed.
[0221] したがって、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、管理装置側から通信装置が有す る機能の制限を柔軟に変更させることができるため、通信装置を取り巻く周囲の状況 に応じて、適切に当該通信装置の機能を制御することができる。  [0221] Therefore, the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly change the restrictions on the functions of the communication device from the management device side, so that it can be appropriately selected according to the surrounding conditions surrounding the communication device. The function of the communication device can be controlled.
[0222] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記した構成にぉ 、て、上記選択手段 力 選択する指示情報を時間に応じて変更するように構成されて 、ることが好ま ヽ  [0222] Further, the function management system according to the present invention is preferably configured to change the instruction information to be selected according to the time in accordance with the above-described configuration.
[0223] 上記の構成によれば、管理装置は各中継装置に送信する指示情報を時間に応じ て変更することができるため、通信装置は同じ中継装置と接続している場合であって も、時間ごとに異なる指示情報を受信することができる。 [0223] According to the above configuration, since the management device can change the instruction information to be transmitted to each relay device according to time, even if the communication device is connected to the same relay device, Different instruction information can be received every time.
[0224] このため、本発明に係る制限システムは、上記通信装置が同じ場所にある場合であ つても、時間に応じて、通信装置が有する機能のうち、停止または再開させるなど制 御される機能を変更することができる。 [0224] For this reason, the restriction system according to the present invention is controlled such as stopping or resuming among the functions of the communication device according to time even when the communication device is in the same place. The function can be changed.
[0225] したがって、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、場所と時間とに応じて柔軟に通信 装置が有する機能を制御することができる。 Therefore, the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the place and time.
[0226] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記した構成にぉ 、て、上記管理記憶 装置は、指示情報と指示情報を送信する期間との対応関係を示す指示情報送信テ 一ブルをさらに記憶しており、上記選択手段は、上記指示情報送信テーブルを参照 して、所定の期間ごとに送信すべき指示情報を選択するように構成されていてもよい [0227] 上記構成によれば、本発明に係る機能管理システムでは、上記選択手段が指示情 報送信テーブルを参照して所定の期間ごとに送信すべき指示情報を選択することが できる。よって、機能管理システムでは、所定の期間において、通信装置が有する機 能のうち制御する機能の状態を変更させることができる。 [0226] Further, in the function management system according to the present invention, the management storage device has an instruction information transmission table indicating a correspondence relationship between instruction information and a period during which the instruction information is transmitted in the above-described configuration. Further, the selection means may be configured to select instruction information to be transmitted every predetermined period with reference to the instruction information transmission table. [0227] According to the configuration described above, in the function management system according to the present invention, the selection means can select instruction information to be transmitted every predetermined period with reference to the instruction information transmission table. Therefore, in the function management system, the state of the function to be controlled among the functions of the communication device can be changed in a predetermined period.
[0228] したがって、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、場所と所定の期間とに応じて柔軟 に通信装置が有する機能を制御することができる。  [0228] Therefore, the function management system according to the present invention can flexibly control the functions of the communication device according to the location and the predetermined period.
[0229] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記した構成にお!、て、チケット情報を 含む電子チケットを通信装置に送信する電子チケット発券装置をさらに備え、上記電 子チケット発券装置は、上記電子チケットに、上記中継装置との接続を確立させるた めの設定情報をさらに含めて通信装置に送信するように構成されていることが好まし い。  [0229] In addition, the function management system according to the present invention further includes an electronic ticket issuing device that transmits an electronic ticket including ticket information to the communication device in the configuration described above, and the electronic ticket issuing device includes: It is preferable that the electronic ticket is configured to further include setting information for establishing a connection with the relay device and to transmit the information to the communication device.
[0230] 上記構成によれは、上記機能管理システムは、通信装置に対して、送信する電子 チケットにチケット情報に加えて設定情報を含めて送信することができる。このため、 通信装置は、この受信した電子チケットによって入場する施設に設けられている中継 装置と接続を確立することができる。すなわち、上記施設に入場するユーザが所持す る通信装置は、この施設に設けられた中継装置と接続を確立することができるため、 この中継装置を介して、管理装置からの指示情報を受信することができる。  [0230] According to the above configuration, the function management system can transmit the electronic ticket to be transmitted including setting information in addition to the ticket information to the communication device. For this reason, the communication device can establish a connection with the relay device provided in the facility to be entered by the received electronic ticket. That is, since the communication device possessed by the user who enters the facility can establish a connection with the relay device provided in the facility, the communication device receives instruction information from the management device via the relay device. be able to.
[0231] したがって、本実施の形態に係る機能管理システムは、電子チケットによって入場 した入場者が所持する通信装置が備える機能を場所または所定時間に応じて柔軟 に制限することができる。 [0231] Therefore, the function management system according to the present embodiment can flexibly limit the functions of the communication device possessed by the visitors who have entered using electronic tickets depending on the location or the predetermined time.
[0232] また、本発明に係る中継装置は、上記した機能管理システムを構成して 、る。 [0232] Further, the relay device according to the present invention constitutes the above-described function management system.
[0233] また、本発明に係る管理装置は、上記した機能管理システムを構成して 、る。 [0233] Further, the management device according to the present invention constitutes the above-described function management system.
[0234] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記した機能管理システムを構成して 、る。 [0234] Further, a communication device according to the present invention constitutes the above-described function management system.
[0235] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、以上のように、当該通信装置が有する機能の少 なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報を保持する管理装置と通信を行う第 1通信手段と、 上記第 1通信手段によって取得した指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が有する機能 の少なくとも 1つを制御する機能制御手段と、上記機能制御手段によって制御された 機能の状態変化を示す情報を通知する通知手段とを備える構成である。 [0236] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記した構成において、上記通信手段は、さらに 上記第 1通信手段とは異なる種類の通信を行う第 2通信手段を備えていることが好ま しい。 [0235] Further, as described above, the communication device according to the present invention includes a first communication unit that communicates with a management device that holds instruction information that controls at least one of the functions of the communication device; Based on the instruction information acquired by the first communication means, a function control means for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device, and a notification for notifying information indicating a status change of the function controlled by the function control means Means. [0236] In addition, in the communication device according to the present invention, in the above-described configuration, it is preferable that the communication unit further includes a second communication unit that performs a different type of communication from the first communication unit.
[0237] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、以上のように、通信ネットワークと通信可能に接続 されて 、る複数の中継装置のうち、 V、ずれかの中継装置と接続を確立する通信装置 であって、上記中継装置は、自身を特定する識別情報を送信しており、当該通信装 置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、上記中継装置を識別 する識別情報とを互いに対応づけて記憶する通信記憶装置と、接続先の中継装置 から受信した識別情報に基づき、上記通信記憶装置から指示情報を取得する指示 情報取得手段と、上記指示情報取得手段によって取得された指示情報に基づき、当 該通信装置が備える機能を制御する機能制御手段とを備える構成である。これによ ると、上記通信装置は、接続先の中継装置ごとに応じて、自装置が備える機能を停 止または再開するなど制御することができる。このため、上記通信装置は、上記中継 装置が設けられている場所に応じて、停止させる自装置の機能を変更することができ る。  [0237] Further, as described above, the communication device according to the present invention is communicably connected to the communication network, and among the plurality of relay devices, the communication device establishes a connection with V or one of the relay devices. The relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and includes instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and identification information for identifying the relay device. An instruction information acquisition unit that acquires instruction information from the communication storage device based on the identification information received from the communication storage device and the connection destination relay device that are stored in association with each other, and the instruction acquired by the instruction information acquisition unit It is a structure provided with the function control means which controls the function with which this communication apparatus is provided based on information. According to this, the communication device can perform control such as stopping or restarting the function of the own device according to each relay device of the connection destination. For this reason, the communication device can change the function of the own device to be stopped according to the place where the relay device is provided.
[0238] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、以上のように、通信ネットワークと通信可能に接続 されて 、る複数の中継装置のうち、 V、ずれかの中継装置と接続を確立する通信装置 であって、当該通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、 上記中継装置を識別する識別情報とを互いに対応付けて記憶する通信記憶装置と 、接続先の中継装置から受信した識別情報に基づき、上記通信記憶装置から指示 情報を取得する指示情報取得手段と、上記指示情報取得手段によって取得された 指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が備える機能を制御する機能制御手段とを備え、 指示情報を取得した後に、無線通信が確立できない場合には、禁止できる機能の全 ての機能を禁止することを特徴として 、る。  [0238] Further, as described above, the communication device according to the present invention is communicably connected to the communication network, and among the plurality of relay devices, establishes a connection with V or one of the relay devices. A communication storage device storing instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and identification information for identifying the relay device, and a communication storage device received from the connection-destination relay device. Instruction information acquisition means for acquiring instruction information from the communication storage device based on the identification information, and function control means for controlling functions of the communication device based on the instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition means. In addition, if wireless communication cannot be established after obtaining the instruction information, all the functions that can be prohibited are prohibited.
[0239] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記した構成において、上記機能制御手段によ つて制御された機能の状態変化を示す情報を通知する通知手段をさらに備えるよう に構成されて 、ることが好まし 、。  [0239] In addition, the communication device according to the present invention is configured to further include notification means for notifying information indicating a change in the state of the function controlled by the function control means in the configuration described above. I prefer that.
[0240] 上記構成によると、上記通信装置は、通知手段を備えているため制御された機能 の状態変化を通信装置の所有者に知らせることができる。 [0240] According to the above configuration, the communication device includes a notification unit, and thus functions controlled. It is possible to notify the owner of the communication device of the state change.
[0241] したがって、上記所有者は、通信装置が有する機能の制御の状態が変更された場 合であっても、変更に伴って使用できる機能について把握することができる。  [0241] Therefore, the owner can grasp the functions that can be used in accordance with the change even when the control state of the functions of the communication device is changed.
[0242] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記した構成において、上記中継装置と通信を 行う第 1通信手段と、上記第 1通信手段とは異なる種類の通信を行う第 2通信手段と を備えて!/ヽる構成であってもよ 、。 [0242] Further, in the communication apparatus according to the present invention, in the configuration described above, the first communication means for communicating with the relay apparatus and the second communication means for performing a different type of communication from the first communication means are provided. You can be prepared!
[0243] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記した構成において、上記通信装置が有する 機能は、上記第 1通信手段とは異なる種類の通信を行う機能、カメラ機能、および Z またはボイスレコーダ機能であることを特徴としている。 [0243] Further, in the communication apparatus according to the present invention, in the configuration described above, the function of the communication apparatus is a function of performing communication of a different type from the first communication means, a camera function, and a Z or voice recorder function. It is characterized by being.
[0244] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記した構成において、上記通信装置が備える 機能は、上記中継装置との通信とは異なる種類の通信を行う機能、カメラ機能、およ び Zまたはボイスレコーダ機能であることを特徴としている。 [0244] Further, in the communication apparatus according to the present invention, in the configuration described above, the function of the communication apparatus includes a function of performing communication of a type different from communication with the relay apparatus, a camera function, and Z or It is a voice recorder function.
[0245] また、本発明に係る通信装置は、上記した構成にぉ 、て、上記禁止できる機能は、 上記中継装置との通信とは異なる種類の通信を行う機能、カメラ機能、および Zまた はボイスレコーダ機能であることを特徴として 、る。 [0245] In addition, the communication device according to the present invention has the above-described configuration, and the function that can be prohibited is a function that performs a different type of communication from the communication with the relay device, a camera function, and Z or It features the voice recorder function.
[0246] また、本発明に係る通信装置の制御方法は、以上のように、通信ネットワークと通信 可能に接続されて 、る複数の中継装置のうち 、ずれかと接続を確立して上記通信ネ ットワークを通じて他の通信装置と通信可能となる通信装置の制御方法であって、上 記中継装置は、自身を特定する識別情報を送信しており、当該通信装置が備える機 能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、接続先の中継装置を識別する識別 情報とを互いに対応づけて記憶する記憶ステップと、接続先の中継装置から識別情 報を受信する識別情報受信ステップと、識別情報受信ステップにお ヽて受信した識 別情報に基づき、上記指示情報を取得する指示情報取得手段と、上記指示情報取 得手段によって取得された指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が備える機能を制御 する制御ステップとを含む方法である。  [0246] Further, as described above, the communication device control method according to the present invention is connected to the communication network so as to be communicable, and establishes a connection with any one of the plurality of relay devices, and thus the communication network. The above-described relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself, and has at least one of the functions of the communication device. A storage step for storing the instruction information to be controlled and the identification information for identifying the connection destination relay device in association with each other, an identification information reception step for receiving the identification information from the connection destination relay device, and an identification information reception step On the basis of the received identification information, the communication device is equipped with instruction information acquisition means for acquiring the instruction information and instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition means. The method comprising a control step of controlling that function.
[0247] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、以上のように、上記通信装置と、通信ネッ トワークと通信可能に接続されて 、る複数の中継装置とを備えて 、る構成である。  [0247] Further, as described above, the function management system according to the present invention is configured to include the communication device and a plurality of relay devices that are communicably connected to a communication network.
[0248] また、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、上記した構成にお!、て、チケット情報を 含む電子チケットを通信装置に送信する電子チケット発券装置をさらに備え、上記電 子チケット発券装置は、上記中継装置との接続が確立した場合に、該中継装置に応 じて決められている、通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つ以上の機能を制御 させる指示情報を、上記電子チケットにさらに含めて通信装置に送信するように構成 されていることが好ましい。 [0248] Further, the function management system according to the present invention has the above configuration! An electronic ticket issuing device that transmits an electronic ticket to the communication device, and the electronic ticket issuing device is determined in accordance with the relay device when a connection with the relay device is established. It is preferable that instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions provided in the device is further included in the electronic ticket and transmitted to the communication device.
[0249] 上記構成によれば、本発明に係る機能管理システムは、通信装置に対して送信す る電子チケットに、チケット情報に加えてさらに指示情報を含めて送信することができ る。このため、通信装置は、この受信した電子チケットによって入場する施設に設けら れて 、る中継装置と接続を確立する場合、この中継装置に応じて決められて 、る指 示情報によって、自装置が備える機能を制御する。すなわち、上記施設に入場する ユーザが所持する通信装置は、この施設に設けられた中継装置と接続を確立すると 、この接続を確立した中継装置に応じて、自装置が備える機能を制御する。  [0249] According to the above configuration, the function management system according to the present invention can transmit the electronic ticket transmitted to the communication device, including the instruction information in addition to the ticket information. For this reason, when establishing a connection with a relay device provided at a facility that is entered by the received electronic ticket, the communication device determines its own device according to the instruction information determined according to the relay device. Controls the functions provided by. That is, when a communication device possessed by a user who enters the facility establishes a connection with a relay device provided in the facility, the communication device controls the functions of the own device according to the relay device that has established the connection.
[0250] したがって、本実施の形態に係る機能管理システムは、電子チケットによって入場 した入場者が所持する通信装置が備える機能を場所または所定時間に応じて柔軟 に制限することができる。  [0250] Therefore, the function management system according to the present embodiment can flexibly limit the functions of the communication device possessed by the visitors who have entered using the electronic ticket according to the location or the predetermined time.
[0251] なお、上記管理装置、通信装置は、コンピュータによって実現してもよぐこの場合 には、コンピュータを上記各手段として動作させることにより上記印刷装置をコンビュ ータにて実現させる印刷装置の制御プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読取り可能な 記録媒体も、本発明の範疇に入る。  [0251] The management device and the communication device may be realized by a computer. In this case, the printing device is realized by a computer by causing the computer to operate as each means. A computer-readable recording medium in which the control program is recorded also falls within the scope of the present invention.
[0252] 本発明は上述した実施形態に限定されるものではなぐ請求項に示した範囲で種 々の変更が可能である。すなわち、請求項に示した範囲で適宜変更した技術的手段 を組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。 産業上の利用の可能性  [0252] The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications are possible within the scope of the claims. That is, embodiments obtained by combining technical means appropriately modified within the scope of the claims are also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Industrial applicability
[0253] 本発明の機能管理システムは、通信装置が備える機能を場所に応じて適切に柔軟 に制御できるため、通信装置の使用を制限したい施設やイベント等の会場において 広く適用可能であり、特に、病院、交通機関、映画館、コンサート会場等の通信装置 が有する機能に対して制限を行うシステムとして好適である。 [0253] The function management system according to the present invention can be appropriately and flexibly controlled according to the location, so that the functions of the communication device can be appropriately and flexibly applied. It is suitable as a system for restricting the functions of communication devices such as hospitals, transportation facilities, movie theaters, and concert venues.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 通信装置と、  [1] a communication device;
上記通信装置が有する機能のうち少なくとも一部の機能を制御させる指示情報を、 上記通信装置に送信する管理装置と、  A management device for transmitting instruction information for controlling at least some of the functions of the communication device to the communication device;
上記管理装置と通信可能に接続されており、該管理装置と上記通信装置との通信 を中 «する中 «I装置とを備えたシステムであって、  A system that is communicably connected to the management device and includes a central I device that communicates with the management device and the communication device;
上記管理装置が、上記中継装置に対して指示情報を送信しており、  The management device transmits instruction information to the relay device,
上記通信装置が上記中継装置と接続を確立した場合、上記管理装置から送信さ れる指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が備える機能を制御することを特徴とする機 能管理システム。  When the communication device establishes a connection with the relay device, the function management system controls a function of the communication device based on instruction information transmitted from the management device.
[2] 上記中継装置は複数備えられており、  [2] A plurality of the relay devices are provided,
上記管理装置が、上記各中継装置に対してそれぞれ異なる指示情報を送信するこ とを特徴とする請求項 1に記載の機能管理システム。  The function management system according to claim 1, wherein the management device transmits different instruction information to each relay device.
[3] 上記管理装置が、上記指示情報を記憶する管理記憶装置と、 [3] The management device stores a management storage device that stores the instruction information;
上記管理記憶装置に記憶された指示情報の中から上記中継装置に送信すべき指 示情報を選択する選択手段とを備えていることを特徴とする請求項 1または 2に記載 の機能管理システム。  3. The function management system according to claim 1, further comprising selection means for selecting instruction information to be transmitted to the relay device from the instruction information stored in the management storage device.
[4] 上記管理装置が、外部から入力された、選択される指示情報を示す選択情報を受 け付ける入力受付手段をさらに備え、  [4] The management device further includes input receiving means for receiving selection information indicating the selected instruction information input from the outside,
上記選択手段が、上記入力受付手段によって受け付けられた選択情報に基づき、 選択する指示情報を変更することを特徴とする請求項 3に記載の機能管理システム。  4. The function management system according to claim 3, wherein the selection unit changes instruction information to be selected based on the selection information received by the input reception unit.
[5] 上記選択手段が、選択する指示情報を時間に応じて変更することを特徴とする請 求項 3または 4に記載の機能管理システム。 [5] The function management system according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the selection means changes instruction information to be selected according to time.
[6] 上記記憶装置は、指示情報と指示情報を送信する期間との対応関係を示す指示 情報送信テーブルをさらに記憶しており、 [6] The storage device further stores an instruction information transmission table indicating a correspondence relationship between the instruction information and a period for transmitting the instruction information,
上記選択手段は、上記指示情報送信テーブルを参照して、所定の期間ごとに送信 すべき指示情報を選択することを特徴とする請求項 5に記載の機能管理システム。 6. The function management system according to claim 5 , wherein the selection unit selects instruction information to be transmitted every predetermined period with reference to the instruction information transmission table.
[7] チケット情報を含む電子チケットを通信装置に送信する電子チケット発券装置をさ らに備え、 [7] An electronic ticket issuing device that transmits an electronic ticket including ticket information to a communication device. In preparation,
上記電子チケット発券装置は、上記電子チケットに、上記中継装置との接続を確立 させるための設定情報をさらに含めて通信装置に送信することを特徴とする請求項 1 〜6の 、ずれか 1項に記載の機能管理システム。  7. The electronic ticket issuing device transmits to the communication device further including setting information for establishing a connection with the relay device in the electronic ticket, to the communication device. Function management system described in 1.
[8] 請求項 1から 7のいずれ力 1項に記載の機能管理システムを構成することを特徴と する中継装置。 [8] A relay apparatus comprising the function management system according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
[9] 請求項 1から 7いずれか 1項に記載の機能管理システムを構成することを特徴とする 管理装置。  [9] A management device comprising the function management system according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
[10] 請求項 1から 7いずれか 1項に記載の機能管理システムを構成することを特徴とする 通信装置。  [10] A communication device comprising the function management system according to any one of [1] to [7].
[11] 当該通信装置が有する機能の少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報を保持する管 理装置と通信を行う第 1通信手段と、  [11] a first communication means for communicating with a management device holding instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device;
上記第 1通信手段によって取得した指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が有する機 能の少なくとも 1つを制御する機能制御手段と、  Function control means for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device based on the instruction information acquired by the first communication means;
上記機能制御手段によって制御された機能の状態変化を示す情報を通知する通 知手段とを備えることを特徴とする通信装置。  A communication device comprising: notification means for notifying information indicating a state change of a function controlled by the function control means.
[12] 上記通信装置は、さらに上記第 1通信手段とは異なる種類の通信を行う第 2通信手 段を備えて 、ることを特徴とする請求項 11に記載の通信装置。 12. The communication apparatus according to claim 11, further comprising a second communication unit that performs a different type of communication from the first communication unit.
[13] 請求項 9に記載の管理装置に含まれる機能をコンピュータで実現するための管理 装置の制御プログラム。 [13] A control program for a management device for realizing the functions included in the management device according to claim 9 by a computer.
[14] 請求項 10〜12に記載の通信装置に含まれる機能をコンピュータで実現するため の通信装置の制御プログラム。 14. A communication device control program for realizing the functions included in the communication device according to claims 10 to 12 by a computer.
[15] 請求項 13に記載の管理装置の制御プログラムを記録したコンピュータが読み取り 可能な記録媒体。 [15] A computer-readable recording medium on which the control program for the management device according to claim 13 is recorded.
[16] 請求項 14に記載の通信装置の制御プログラムを記録したコンピュータが読み取り 可能な記録媒体。  [16] A computer-readable recording medium on which the control program for the communication device according to claim 14 is recorded.
[17] 通信ネットワークと通信可能に接続されている複数の中継装置のうち、いずれかの 中継装置と接続を確立する通信装置であって、 上記中継装置は、自身を特定する識別情報を送信しており、 [17] A communication device that establishes a connection with any one of a plurality of relay devices communicably connected to a communication network, The relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself,
当該通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、上記中 継装置を識別する識別情報とを互いに対応づけて記憶する通信記憶装置と、 中継装置から受信した識別情報に基づき、上記通信記憶装置から指示情報を取 得する指示情報取得手段と、  Based on the communication storage device that stores the instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and the identification information for identifying the relay device in association with each other, and the identification information received from the relay device, Instruction information acquisition means for acquiring instruction information from the communication storage device;
上記指示情報取得手段によって取得された指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が 備える機能を制御する機能制御手段とを備えることを特徴とする通信装置。  A communication apparatus comprising: function control means for controlling functions provided in the communication apparatus based on the instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition means.
[18] 上記中継装置は、自身を特定する識別情報を繰り返し送信しており、  [18] The relay device repeatedly transmits identification information for identifying itself,
当該通信装置が上記中継装置の通信可能な範囲内に存在する場合、上記指示情 報取得手段は、上記中継装置から上記識別情報を受信することを特徴とする請求項 17に記載の通信装置。  18. The communication apparatus according to claim 17, wherein when the communication apparatus is within a communicable range of the relay apparatus, the instruction information acquisition unit receives the identification information from the relay apparatus.
[19] 上記指示情報取得手段は、接続を確立した中継装置から該中継装置の識別情報 を受信することを特徴とする請求項 17に記載の通信装置。  19. The communication apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the instruction information acquisition unit receives identification information of the relay apparatus from a relay apparatus that has established a connection.
[20] 通信ネットワークと通信可能に接続されている複数の中継装置のうち、いずれかの 中継装置と接続を確立する通信装置であって、 [20] A communication device that establishes connection with any one of a plurality of relay devices communicably connected to a communication network,
当該通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、上記中 継装置を識別する識別情報とを互いに対応付けて記憶する通信記憶装置と、 接続先の中継装置から受信した識別情報に基づき、上記通信記憶装置から指示 情報を取得する指示情報取得手段と、  A communication storage device that stores instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and identification information for identifying the relay device in association with each other, and identification information received from a connection-destination relay device Instruction information acquisition means for acquiring instruction information from the communication storage device,
上記指示情報取得手段によって取得された指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が 備える機能を制御する機能制御手段とを備え、  Based on the instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition means, and a function control means for controlling the function of the communication device,
指示情報を取得した後に、無線通信が確立できない場合には、禁止できる機能の 全ての機能を禁止することを特徴とする通信装置。  If wireless communication cannot be established after obtaining the instruction information, a communication device that prohibits all functions that can be prohibited.
[21] 上記機能制御手段によって制御された機能の状態変化を示す情報を通知する通 知手段をさらに備えることを特徴とする請求項 17〜20のいずれか 1項に記載の通信 装置。 [21] The communication device according to any one of [17] to [20], further comprising notification means for notifying information indicating a change in state of the function controlled by the function control means.
[22] 上記中継装置と通信を行う第 1通信手段と、  [22] a first communication means for communicating with the relay device;
上記第 1通信手段とは異なる種類の通信を行う第 2通信手段とを備えていることを 特徴とする請求項 17〜21の何れか 1項に記載の通信装置。 Second communication means for performing a different type of communication from the first communication means. The communication device according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the communication device is characterized in that:
[23] 上記通信装置が有する機能は、上記第 1通信手段とは異なる種類の通信を行う機 能、カメラ機能、および Zまたはボイスレコーダ機能であることを特徴とする請求項 11 記載の通信装置。 23. The communication device according to claim 11, wherein the function of the communication device is a function for performing communication of a different type from the first communication means, a camera function, and a Z or voice recorder function. .
[24] 上記通信装置が備える機能は、上記中継装置との通信とは異なる種類の通信を行 う機能、カメラ機能、および Zまたはボイスレコーダ機能であることを特徴とする請求 項 17記載の通信装置。  [24] The communication according to claim 17, wherein the function provided in the communication device is a function of performing communication of a type different from communication with the relay device, a camera function, and a Z or voice recorder function. apparatus.
[25] 上記禁止できる機能は、上記中継装置との通信とは異なる種類の通信を行う機能、 カメラ機能、および Zまたはボイスレコーダ機能であることを特徴とする請求項 20記 載の通信装置。  25. The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the functions that can be prohibited are a function of performing communication of a type different from communication with the relay device, a camera function, and a Z or voice recorder function.
[26] 通信ネットワークと通信可能に接続されて 、る複数の中継装置のうち 、ずれかと接 続を確立して上記通信ネットワークを通じて他の通信装置と通信可能となる通信装置 の制御方法であって、  [26] A method for controlling a communication device that is communicably connected to a communication network and that establishes a connection with any one of the plurality of relay devices and can communicate with other communication devices through the communication network. ,
上記中継装置は、自身を特定する識別情報を送信しており、  The relay device transmits identification information for identifying itself,
当該通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つを制御させる指示情報と、接続先 の中継装置を識別する識別情報とを互いに対応づけて記憶する記憶ステップと 接続先の中継装置から識別情報を受信する識別情報受信ステップと、  A storage step for storing the instruction information for controlling at least one of the functions of the communication device and the identification information for identifying the connection destination relay device in association with each other, and receiving the identification information from the connection destination relay device An identification information receiving step;
識別情報受信ステップにお 、て受信した識別情報に基づき、上記指示情報を取得 する指示情報取得手段と、  In the identification information receiving step, instruction information acquisition means for acquiring the instruction information based on the received identification information;
上記指示情報取得手段によって取得された指示情報に基づき、当該通信装置が 備える機能を制御する制御ステップとを含むことを特徴とする通信装置の制御方法。  And a control step for controlling a function of the communication device based on the instruction information acquired by the instruction information acquisition unit.
[27] 請求項 17〜25のいずれか 1項に記載の通信装置と、通信ネットワークと通信可能 に接続されて 、る複数の中継装置とを備えて 、ることを特徴とする機能管理システム [27] A function management system comprising: the communication device according to any one of claims 17 to 25; and a plurality of relay devices that are communicably connected to a communication network.
[28] チケット情報を含む電子チケットを通信装置に送信する電子チケット発券装置をさ らに備え、 [28] The electronic ticket issuing device further transmits an electronic ticket including ticket information to the communication device,
上記電子チケット発券装置は、上記中継装置との接続が確立した場合に、該中継 装置に応じて決められている、通信装置が備える機能のうち少なくとも 1つ以上の機 能を制御させるための指示情報を、上記電子チケットにさらに含めて通信装置に送 信することを特徴とする請求項 25に記載の機能管理システム。 When the connection with the relay device is established, the electronic ticket issuing device has at least one of the functions of the communication device determined according to the relay device. 26. The function management system according to claim 25, wherein instruction information for controlling a function is further included in the electronic ticket and transmitted to a communication device.
[29] 請求項 17〜25のいずれか 1項に記載の通信装置を動作させるための制御プログ ラムであって、コンピュータを上記各手段として機能させるための通信装置の制御プ ログラム。 [29] A control program for operating the communication device according to any one of claims 17 to 25, wherein the communication device control program causes a computer to function as each of the means.
[30] 請求項 29に記載の通信装置の制御プログラムを記録したコンピュータの読み取り 可能な記録媒体。  [30] A computer-readable recording medium on which the control program for the communication device according to claim 29 is recorded.
PCT/JP2005/014397 2004-08-06 2005-08-05 Function management system, management device, relay device, communication device, control method of communication device, control program of communication device, and computer-readable recording medium with recorded the control program WO2006013958A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006531576A JP4451447B2 (en) 2004-08-06 2005-08-05 Function management system, management apparatus, relay apparatus, communication apparatus, communication apparatus control method, communication apparatus control program, and computer-readable recording medium recording the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004-231661 2004-08-06
JP2004231661 2004-08-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006013958A1 true WO2006013958A1 (en) 2006-02-09

Family

ID=35787236

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2005/014397 WO2006013958A1 (en) 2004-08-06 2005-08-05 Function management system, management device, relay device, communication device, control method of communication device, control program of communication device, and computer-readable recording medium with recorded the control program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4451447B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2006013958A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007259185A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Fujitsu Support & Service Kk Image information transfer control system and work progress situation management method
JP2008193546A (en) * 2007-02-07 2008-08-21 Casio Hitachi Mobile Communications Co Ltd Portable terminal, and program
JP2008234211A (en) * 2007-03-19 2008-10-02 Ntt Docomo Inc Ic card, information processing terminal, communication method and remote control system
US8150371B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2012-04-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Interactive control of access to services and capabilities of a mobile device
JP2015511462A (en) * 2012-02-07 2015-04-16 オーソレクス,インコーポレイテッド Camera system controlled by tablet computer
WO2017149681A1 (en) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-08 日立マクセル株式会社 Portable terminal, portable terminal control system, portable terminal control method, and portable terminal control program
JP2018032959A (en) * 2016-08-24 2018-03-01 Necプラットフォームズ株式会社 Communication system, distribution device, mobile terminal, method, and program
JP2018538711A (en) * 2015-09-28 2018-12-27 ニコベンチャーズ ホールディングス リミテッド Policy notification system and method for an electronic vapor supply system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10327474A (en) * 1997-03-28 1998-12-08 Fujitsu Ltd Call originating-incoming control method for mobile equipment, control base station equipment and mobile communication system
JP2002218535A (en) * 2001-01-12 2002-08-02 Sharp Corp Mobile phone system
JP2002281548A (en) * 2001-03-15 2002-09-27 Ricoh Co Ltd Portable telephone set and portable telephone manner supporting method
JP2004135235A (en) * 2002-10-15 2004-04-30 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Mobile terminal and uwb communication controller

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10327474A (en) * 1997-03-28 1998-12-08 Fujitsu Ltd Call originating-incoming control method for mobile equipment, control base station equipment and mobile communication system
JP2002218535A (en) * 2001-01-12 2002-08-02 Sharp Corp Mobile phone system
JP2002281548A (en) * 2001-03-15 2002-09-27 Ricoh Co Ltd Portable telephone set and portable telephone manner supporting method
JP2004135235A (en) * 2002-10-15 2004-04-30 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Mobile terminal and uwb communication controller

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007259185A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Fujitsu Support & Service Kk Image information transfer control system and work progress situation management method
JP2008193546A (en) * 2007-02-07 2008-08-21 Casio Hitachi Mobile Communications Co Ltd Portable terminal, and program
JP2008234211A (en) * 2007-03-19 2008-10-02 Ntt Docomo Inc Ic card, information processing terminal, communication method and remote control system
US8150371B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2012-04-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Interactive control of access to services and capabilities of a mobile device
US8359010B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2013-01-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Interactive control of access to services and capabilities of a mobile device
JP2015511462A (en) * 2012-02-07 2015-04-16 オーソレクス,インコーポレイテッド Camera system controlled by tablet computer
JP2018538711A (en) * 2015-09-28 2018-12-27 ニコベンチャーズ ホールディングス リミテッド Policy notification system and method for an electronic vapor supply system
US11165765B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2021-11-02 Nicoventures Trading Limited Policy notification system and method for electronic vapor provision systems
US11677740B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2023-06-13 Nicoventures Trading Limited Policy notification system and method for electronic vapor provision systems
WO2017149681A1 (en) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-08 日立マクセル株式会社 Portable terminal, portable terminal control system, portable terminal control method, and portable terminal control program
JP2018032959A (en) * 2016-08-24 2018-03-01 Necプラットフォームズ株式会社 Communication system, distribution device, mobile terminal, method, and program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2006013958A1 (en) 2008-05-01
JP4451447B2 (en) 2010-04-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4451447B2 (en) Function management system, management apparatus, relay apparatus, communication apparatus, communication apparatus control method, communication apparatus control program, and computer-readable recording medium recording the same
US10547648B2 (en) Routing of data including multimedia between electronic devices
EP1453247A2 (en) Network system, server apparatus, and communication method
JP6312839B2 (en) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE
JP4739216B2 (en) Function management system
KR100671377B1 (en) Half-duplex radio communication method, program and system thereof
US20050093980A1 (en) Portable electronic device and photography-restricting system
US20070250885A1 (en) Communication terminal and communication system
KR20090093893A (en) Portable terminal device and communication system
US20060098629A1 (en) Data transmitter, data transmission method, data receiver, and data reception processing method
JP2008131434A (en) Mobile communication terminal
JP2003116175A (en) Controller for notifying call out
JP2018102012A (en) Communication system and communication device
JP2004349935A (en) Terminal control system and portable information terminal
JP2005102085A (en) Terminal device, in-house control unit, and visit notifying system
JP2003298494A (en) Mobile communication terminal, information processing apparatus, communication system, control method, and program
JP2004048166A (en) Mobile communication system, mobile terminal used for the mobile communication system, and transmission station
JP2010074372A (en) Base station apparatus, mobile station apparatus, and transmission and reception method of broadcast information
JP2008136194A (en) Function limit system for mobile electronic equipment, and mobile electronic equipment
JP2005192032A (en) Portable terminal, server unit, schedule management system and program
JP2007094463A (en) Reception system, reception processor, and program
JP2003070067A (en) Portable telephone terminal device and application system therefor
JP4444026B2 (en) Electronic ticket system, electronic ticket issuing device, electronic ticket confirmation device, portable communication device, method for controlling portable communication device, control program for portable communication device, and computer-readable recording medium recording the same
JP4336762B2 (en) Automatic switching system for operation mode of portable terminal, switching method, and portable terminal
JP4708802B2 (en) Portable terminal device and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006531576

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase